U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20152017
 

Commission File Number 000-51371

 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New Jersey 57-1150621
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (IRS Employer Identification No.)

200 Executive Drive, Suite 340
West Orange, NJ 07052
(Address of principal executive offices)

(973) 736-9340
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value per share The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,”  “smaller reporting company” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 
Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No 

The aggregate market value of the 22,107,98323,240,620 shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2015,2017, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $44,658,126.$72,045,922. This amount is based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of $2.02$3.10 per share on June 30, 2015.2017. Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors and persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 8, 20166, 2018 was 23,758,509.24,703,978.

Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 20162018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  With the exception of those portions that are specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, such Proxy Statement shall not be deemed filed as part of this Report or incorporated by reference herein.
 


 LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20152017

PART I.1
ITEM 1.1
ITEM 1A.1921
ITEM 1B.3029
ITEM 2.3130
ITEM 3.3231
ITEM 4.3231
   
PART II.3331
ITEM 5.3331
ITEM 6.3634
ITEM 7.3835
ITEM 7A.5453
ITEM 85453
ITEM 9.5553
ITEM 9A.5553
ITEM 9B.5554
   
PART III.5654
ITEM 10.5654
ITEM 11.5654
ITEM 12.5654
ITEM 13.5654
ITEM 14.5654
   
PART IV.5755
ITEM 15.5755
 

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will or will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operating results and future economic performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

·our failure to comply with the extensive existing regulatory framework applicable to our industry or our failure to obtain timely regulatory approvals in connection with a change of control of our company or acquisitions;
·the promulgation of new regulations in our industry as to which we may find compliance challenging;
·our success in updating and expanding the content of existing programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis;
·our ability to implement our strategic plan;
·risks associated with changes in applicable federal laws and regulations including pending rulemaking by the U.S. Department of Education;
·uncertainties regarding our ability to comply with federal laws and regulations regarding the 90/10 rule and cohort default rates;
·risks associated with maintaining accreditation
·risks associated with opening new campuses and closing existing campuses;
·risks associated with integration of acquired schools;
·industry competition;
·conditions and trends in our industry;
·general economic conditions; and
·other factors discussed under the headings “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made.  Except as required under the federal securities laws and rules and regulations of the SEC,United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information.  We caution you not to unduly rely on the forward-looking statements when evaluating the information presented herein.
 

PART I.

ITEM 1.
BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  WeThe Company, which currently operate 31operates 23 schools in 1514 states, and offeroffers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant, medical administrative assistant and pharmacy technician, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and business and information technology (which includes information technology and criminal justice programs).  OurThe schools operate under the Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln College of New England, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of ourthe campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of ourthe campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. OurThe Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of ourthe campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs managed by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions, which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.The Company was incorporated in New Jersey in 2003 but a predecessor entity had opened its first campus in Newark, New Jersey in 1946.

In the first quarter of 2015, we reorganized our operationsOur business is organized into three reportable business segments:  (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to businesses that have been or are currently being phasedtaught out.  InIn November 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan for the Company to divest 17the 18 campuses then comprising the HOPS segment due to a strategic shift in the Company’s business strategy.  The Company underwent an exhaustive process to divest the HOPS schools which proved successful in attracting various purchasers but, ultimately, did not result in a transaction that our Board believed would enhance shareholder value. By the end of 2017, we had strategically closed seven underperforming campuses leaving a total of 11 campuses remaining under the HOPS segment.   The Company believes that the closures of the 18 schools included in its Healthcare and Other Professions businessaforementioned campuses have positioned the HOPS segment and then,the Company to be more profitable going forward as well as maximizing returns for the Company’s shareholders.

The combination of several factors, including the inability of a prospective buyer of the HOPS segment to close on the purchase, the improvements the Company has implemented in December, 2015,the HOPS segment operations, the closure of seven underperforming campuses and the change in the United States government administration, resulted in the Board reevaluating its divestiture plan and the determination that shareholder value would more likely be enhanced by continuing to operate our HOPS segment as revitalized.  Consequently, in first quarter of 2017 the Board of Directors approved ahas abandoned the plan to ceasedivest the HOPS segment and the Company now intends to retain and continue to operate the remaining campuses in the HOPS segment.  The results of operations of the remaining schoolcampuses included in the HOPS segment are reflected as continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements.

In 2016, the Company completed the teach-out of its Hartford, Connecticut, Fern Park, Florida and Henderson (Green Valley), Nevada campuses, which originally operated in the HOPS segment.  In 2017, the Company completed the teach-out of its Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Center City Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; West Palm Beach, Florida; Brockton, Massachusetts; and Lowell, Massachusetts schools, which also were originally in our HOPS segment and all of which were taught out and closed by December 2017 and are included in the Transitional segment as of December 31, 2017.

On August 14, 2017, New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, consummated the sale of the real property located at 2400 and 2410 Metrocentre Boulevard East, West Palm Beach, Florida, including the improvements and other personal property located thereon (the “West Palm Beach Property”) to Tambone Companies, LLC (“Tambone”), pursuant to a previously disclosed purchase and sale agreement (the “West Palm Sale Agreement”) entered into on March 14, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the West Palm Sale Agreement, as subsequently amended, the purchase price for the West Palm Beach Property was $15.8 million. As a result, the Company recorded a gain on the sale in the amount of $1.5 million. As previously disclosed, the West Palm Beach Property served as collateral for a short term loan in the principal amount of $8.0 million obtained by the Company from its lender, Sterling National Bank, on April 28, 2017, which loan matured upon the earlier of the sale of the West Palm Beach Property or October 1, 2017. Accordingly, on August 14, 2017, concurrently with the consummation of the sale of the West Palm Beach Property, the Company repaid the term loan in an aggregate amount of $8.0 million, consisting of principal and accrued interest.
1

On March 31, 2017, the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility with Sterling National Bank in the aggregate principal amount of up to $55 million, which consists of up to $50 million of revolving loans, including a $10 million sublimit for letters of credit, and an additional $5 million non-revolving loan.  The proceeds of the $5 million non-revolving loan were held in a pledged account at Sterling National Bank as required by the terms of the new credit facility pending the completion of environmental studies undertaken at certain properties owned by the Company and mortgaged to Sterling National Bank.  Upon the completion of environmental studies that revealed that no environmental issues existed at the properties, during the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the $5 million held in the pledged account at Sterling National Bank was released and used to repay the $5 million non-revolving loan.  The credit facility was amended on November 29, 2017, to provide the Company with an additional $15 million revolving credit loan, resulting in an increase in the aggregate availability under the credit facility to $65 million.  The credit facility was again amended on February 23, 2018, to, among other things, effect certain modifications to the financial covenants and other provisions of the Credit Agreement and to allow the Company to pursue the sale of certain real property assets.  The new credit facility requires that revolving loans in excess of $25 million and all letters of credit issued thereunder be cash collateralized dollar for dollar.  The new revolving credit facility replaced a term loan facility which was repaid and terminated concurrently with the effectiveness of the new revolving credit facility.  The term of the new revolving credit facility is 38 months, maturing on May 31, 2020.  The new revolving credit facility is discussed in further detail under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below and in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included in this segment located in Hartford, Connecticut. That school is scheduledreport.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to close inas the fourth quarter of 2016.  Divestiture of our HealthcareTax Cuts and Other Professions business segment marks a shift in our business strategy that will enable usJobs Act (the “Tax Act”).  The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to focus energy and resources predominantly on Transportation and Skilled Trades though some other programs will continuethe U.S. tax code which impacted 2017, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate, repealing the corporate alternative minimum tax, changing how existing corporate alternative minimum tax credits can be realized either to offset regular tax liability or to be available at some campuses.  For purposesrefunded, and eliminating or limiting deduction of disclosureseveral expenses which were previously deductible.  See below for additional information regarding the impact of the Tax Act as well as Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the results of operations of the 17 campuses included in the Healthcare and Other Professions segment that are being divested are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements. 10-K.

As of December 31, 2015,2017, we had 11,88110,159 students enrolled at 31 campuses in our programs (6,811 students enrolled at 14 campuses that are continuing operations).23 campuses.  Our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 20152017 was 12,98110,772 students which represented a decrease of 7.3%9.2% from average enrollment in 2014 (average enrollment of 7,553 students represented a decrease of 7.1% from average enrollment in 2014 from such continuing operations).2016.  For the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, our revenues were $306.1$261.9 million, which represented a decrease of 5.88.3 % from the prior year (revenues were $193.2 million from continuing operations which represented a decrease of 4.8% from the prior year). For the year ended December 31, 2014, our revenues were $325.0 million which represented a decrease of 4.8% from the year ended December 31, 2013 (revenues were $202.9 million from continuing operations, which represented a decrease of 5.9% from the year ended December 31, 2013).year.  For more information relating to our revenues, profits and financial condition, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We believe that we provide our students with the highest quality career-oriented training available for our areas of study in our markets. We offer programs in areas of study that we believe are typically underserved by traditional providers of post-secondary education and for which we believe there exists significant demand among students and employers. Furthermore, we believe our convenient class scheduling, career-focused curricula and emphasis on job placement offer our students valuable advantages that have been neglected by the traditional academic sector. By combining substantial hands-on training with traditional classroom-based training led by experienced instructors, we believe we offer our students a unique opportunity to develop practical job skills in many of the key areas of expected job demand. We believe these job skills enable our students to compete effectively for employment opportunities and to pursue on-going salary and career advancement.

The Company was incorporated in New Jersey in 2003 but a predecessor entity had opened its first campus in Newark, New Jersey in 1946.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our website is www.lincolnedu.com. We make available on this website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, annual proxy statements on Schedule 14A and amendments to those reports and statements as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  You can access this information on our website, free of charge, by clicking on “Investor Relations.” The information contained on or connected to our website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We will provide paper copies of such filings free of charge upon request. The public may read and copy any materials filed by us with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information regarding the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room is available by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding us, which is available at www.sec.gov.
1


BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading and diversified provider of career‑oriented post-secondary education by continuing to pursue the following strategy:

Expand Existing Areas of Study and Existing Facilities.  We believe we can leverage our operations to expand our program offerings in existing areas of study and expand into new high-demand areas of study in the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment to capitalize on demand from students and employers in our target markets. Whenever possible, we seek to replicate programs across our campuses.

Maximize Utilization of Existing Facilities.  We are focused on improving capacity utilization of existing facilities through increased enrollments, the introduction of new programs and partnerships with industry.

Expand Market.  We believe that we can enter new markets and broaden the Lincoln brand by partnering with nationally recognized brands to provide the skills needed to train our nation’s workforce.  We continue to expand our industry relationships both to attract new students and to offer our graduates more employment opportunities.  In additionWe continue to establish partnerships with companies like BMW, Chrysler (FCA), Hussmann, Volkswagen and Raytheon, we also established a new partnership with Audi that will enable graduates to receive higher status and thus higher wages. We expect to continue investing in marketing, recruiting and retention resources to increase enrollment.
 
Concentrate on Transportation and Skilled Trades.2  During the fourth quarter we announced our plan to sell 17 of the 18 schools in our Healthcare and Other Professions segment and also to cease operations at the remaining school.  By concentrating our resources on our profitable segment we believe that we can further penetrate the market and create a more profitable Company.

PROGRAMS AND AREAS OF STUDY

We structure our program offerings to provide our students with a practical, career-oriented education and position them for attractive entry-level job opportunities in their chosen fields. Our diploma/certificate programs typically take between 2228 to 136 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $6,600 to $38,000.  Our associate’s degree programs typically take between 4858 to 208156 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $17,000$25,000 to $80,000.$70,000.  Our bachelor’s degree programs typically take between 104 and 208 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $40,000 to $80,000. As of December 31, 2015,2017, all of our schools offer diploma and certificate programs, 14ten of our schools are currently approved to offer associate’s degree programs and two schools areone school is approved to offer bachelor’s degree programs. In order to accommodate the schedules of our students and maximize classroom utilization at some of our campuses, we typically offer courses four to five days pera week in three shifts per day and start new classes every month.  Other campuses are structured more like a traditional college and start classes every quarter. We update and expand our programs frequently to reflect the latest technological advances in the field, providing our students with the specific skills and knowledge required in the current marketplace. Classroom instruction combines lectures and demonstrations by our experienced faculty with comprehensive hands-on laboratory exercises in simulated workplace environments.
 
23

The following table lists the programs offered as of December 31, 2015 with the average number of students enrolled in each area of study during the year ended December 31, 2015:2017:

Programs Offered 
Area of Study
Bachelor's
Degree
Associate's DegreeDiploma and Certificate Average Enrollment  Percent of Total Enrollment 
          
AutomotiveAuto Service TechnologyAutomotive Service Management, Automotive Technology, Collision Repair & Refinishing Service Management,  Diesel & Truck Service ManagementAutomotive Mechanics, Automotive Technology, Automotive Technology with BMW FastTrack, Automotive Technology with Mopar X-Press, Automotive Technology with High Performance, Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology, Diesel & Truck Mechanics, Diesel & Truck Technology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Transport Refrigeration, Diesel & Truck with Automotive Technology,  Heavy Equipment Maintenance Technology, Heavy Equipment and Truck Technology, Motorcycle Technology  5,390   41%
            
Health SciencesHealth Information Administration, RN to BSNMedical Assisting Technology, Dental Office Management, Health Information Technology, Medical Office Management, Mortuary Science, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Dental Administrative Assistant, Advanced Medical Coding & Billing, NursingMedical Office Assistant, Medical Assistant, Patient Care Technician, Pharmacy Technician, Medical Coding & Billing, Dental Assistant, Licensed Practical Nursing  3,712   29%
            
Skilled Trades-Electronic Engineering Technology, HVAC, Electronics Systems Service ManagementElectrical Technology, Electronics Systems Technician, HVAC, Welding Technology, CNC  2,206   17%
 
Current Programs Offered       
Area of Study
Bachelor's
Degree
Associate's DegreeDiploma and Certificate
AutomotiveAutomotive Service Management, Collision Repair & Refinishing Service Management,  Diesel & Truck Service ManagementAutomotive Mechanics, Automotive Technology, Automotive Technology with Audi, Automotive Technology with BMW FastTrack, Automotive Technology with Mopar X-Press, Automotive Technology with High Performance, Automotive Technology with Volkswagon, Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology, Diesel & Truck Mechanics, Diesel & Truck Technology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Alternate Fuel Teechnology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Transport Refrigeration, Diesel & Truck with Automotive Technology,  Heavy Equipment Maintenance Technology, Heavy Equipment and Truck Technology
Health SciencesHealth Information Administration, RN to BSNMedical Assisting Technology, Health Information Technology, Medical Office Management, Mortuary Science, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Dental Administrative Assistant, NursingMedical Office Assistant, Medical Assistant, Patient Care Technician,  Medical Coding & Billing, Dental Assistant, Licensed Practical Nursing
Skilled TradesElectronic Engineering Technology, HVAC, Electronics Systems Service ManagementElectrical Technology, Electrical & Electronics Systems Technician, HVAC, Welding Technology, Welding with Introduction to Pipefitting, CNC
Hospitality ServicesCulinary Arts, Cosmetology, Aesthetics, International Baking and Pastry, Nail Technolgy, Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork Technician
Business and Information TechnologyBusiness Management, Criminal Justice, Funeral Service ManagementCriminal Justice, Business Management, Broadcasting and Communications, Computer Networking and Support, Human ServicesCriminal Justice,  Computer & Network Support Technician
3

Programs Offered (Continued) 
Area of Study
Bachelor's
Degree
Associate's DegreeDiploma or Certificate Average Enrollment  Percent of Total Enrollment 
          
Hospitality ServicesCulinary Management, International Baking and PastryCulinary Arts, Salon Management, International Baking and PastryCulinary Arts, Cosmetology, Aesthetics, Italian Culinary Arts, International Baking and Pastry, Nail Technolgy, Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork Technician  1,074   8%
            
Business and Information TechnologyBusiness Management, Criminal Justice, Funeral Service ManagementBusiness Administration, Criminal Justice, Business Management, Broadcasting and Communications, Paralegal, Computer Networking and Support, Accounting, Human Services, Dental HygieneCriminal Justice, Computer Networking and Security, Computer & Network Support Technician  599   5%
            
  Total:   12,981   100%

Automotive Technology.    Automotive technology, which is our largest area of study with 41%the largest enrollment, accounted for 43% of our total average student enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2015 being in this area.2017. Our automotive technology programs are 28 to 155136 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $11,000$14,000 to $51,000.$38,000. We believe we are a leading provider of automotive technology education in each of our local markets. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry level employment ranging from positions as technicians and mechanics to various apprentice level positions. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of companies, includingranging from automotive and diesel dealers, to independent auto body paint and repair shops to trucking and construction companies.

4

As of December 31, 2015, 132017, 12 campuses offered programs in automotive technology and most of these campuses offer other technical programs as well.programs. Our campuses in East Windsor, Connecticut; Nashville, Tennessee; Grand Prairie, Texas; Indianapolis, Indiana; and Denver, Colorado are destination campuses, attracting students throughout the United States and, in some cases, from abroad.

Health Sciences.    For the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, enrollments in the programs comprising our health sciences was our second largest area of study representing 29%represented 27% of our total average student enrollment. Our health science programs are 3235 to 208 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $13,600$13,000 to $80,000.$76,000. Graduates of theseour health sciences programs are qualified to obtain positions such as licensed practical nurse, registered nurse, dental assistant, medical assistant, medical administrative assistant, EKG technician,and claims examiner and pharmacy technician.examiner. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including hospitals, laboratories, insurance companies, doctors' offices and pharmacies. Our practical nursing and medical assistant programs are our largest health science programs. As of December 31, 2015,2017, we offered health science programs at 1611 of our campuses.

Skilled Trades.    For the year ended December 31, 2015, 17%2017, 22% of our total average student enrollment was in our skilled trades programs. Our skilled trades programs are 3628 to 9792 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $16,500$17,000 to $32,000.$34,000. Our skilled trades programs include electrical, heating and air conditioning repair, welding, computerized numerical control and electronic & electronic systems technology. Graduates of our skilled trades programs are qualified to obtain entry level employment positions such as electrician, cable installer, welder, and wiring and heating, ventilating and air conditioning, or HVAC installer. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including residential and commercial construction, companies, telecommunications installation companies and architectural firms. As of December 31, 2015,2017, we offered skilled trades programs at 14 of our13 campuses.

Hospitality Services.    For the year ended December 31, 2015, 8%2017, 5% of our total average student enrollment was in our hospitality services programs. Our hospitality services programs are 2228 to 14266 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $6,600 to $61,000.$20,000.  Our hospitality programs include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics.  Graduates work in salons, spas, or cruise ships or are self-employed.  We offer massage programs at three campusesone campus and cosmetology programs at four campuses.one campus.  Our culinary graduates are employed by restaurants, hotels, cruise ships and bakeries.  As of December 31, 2015,2017, we offered culinary programs at four campuses.one campus.
4


Business and Information Technology.    For the year ended December 31, 2015, 5%2017, 3% of our total average student enrollment was in our business and information technology programs, which include our diploma and degree criminal justice programs. Our business and information technology programs are 40 to 208 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $13,000$19,000 to $80,000.  We have focused our current information technology, or IT, program offerings on those that are most in demand, such as our computer networking and security and computer and network support technology.technician.  Our IT and business graduates work in entry level positions for both small and large corporations.  Our criminal justice graduates work in the security industry and for various government agencies and departments.  As of December 31, 2015,2017, we offered these programs at 128 of our campuses.

MARKETING AND STUDENT RECRUITMENT

We utilize a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase enrollment. Our marketing and recruiting efforts are targeted at prospective students who are high school graduates entering the workforce, or who are currently underemployed or unemployed and require additional training to enter or re-enter the workforce.

Marketing and Advertising.    We utilize ana fully integrated marketing approach in our lead generation and admissions effortsprocess that includes the use of traditional media such as television, radio, billboards, direct mail, variousa variety of print media and event marketing campaigns.  Our digital marketing efforts, includingwhich include paid search, search engine optimization, and online video and display advertising and social media, have grown significantly in recent years and currently drive the majority of our new student leads and enrollments. These campaigns are enhanced by student and alumni referrals.  Our website’s integrated marketing campaigns direct prospective students to call us or visit the Lincoln website where they maywill find details regarding our programs and campuses and can request additional information on a program or campus of interest.regarding the programs that interest them.  Our internal systems enable us to closely monitor and track the effectiveness of each advertisementmarketing execution on a daily or weekly basis and make adjustments accordingly to enhance efficiency and limit our student acquisition costs.  In 2015,2017, we launchedselected a new paid search vendor with the capability to provide enhanced analytics and improved buying efficiencies in our digital initiatives. Unlike our previous paid search vendor, our new paid search vendor is an authorized Google partner agency. We are now able to consolidate our paid search, video, display and retargeting efforts onto a single digital platform to more effectively analyze our results. In 2017, we also began the development of a new creative marketing campaign positioning Lincoln Tech as “America’s Technical Institute.”that will launch during the first quarter of 2018. The new campaign theme will be used across all digital and traditional media channels and will be replacing our previous campaign which had been running for more than three years.

Referrals.    Referrals from current students, high school counselors and satisfied graduates and their employers have historically represented 17%15% of our new enrollments. Our school administrators actively work with our current students to encourage them to recommend our programs to prospective students. We continue to build strong relationships with high school guidance counselors and instructors by offering annual seminars at our training facilities to further familiarize these individuals on the strengths of our programs. Graduates who have gone on to enjoy success in the workforce frequently recommend our programs, as do employers who are pleased with the performance of our graduates whom they have hired.

Recruiting.    Our recruiting efforts are conducted by a group of approximately 240250 campus-based and field and campus-based representatives who meet directly with prospective students during presentations conducted at high schools, in the prospective student's homestudents’ homes or during a visit to one of our campuses.

Field-Based Recruiting5.    Our field-based recruiting representatives make presentations at high schools to attract students to both our local and destination campuses. Our field-based representatives also visit directly with prospective students in their homes.

During 2015,2017, we recruited approximately 24%23% of our students directly out of high school.In addition, we have launched a new comprehensive customer relationship management software via Salesforce which is designed to improve the student’s experience by enhancing student engagement through continuing communication and tracking over the student’s life cycle.  In addition, the software provides a means to better manage productivity and communication across functional departments.  Field sales continues to be a large part of our business and developing local community relationships is one of our most important functions.  In 2017, we added two field representatives to our team who are focused on recruitment of prospectus students from the military in an effort to aid veterans transitioning to the civilian work force when their service commitment is completed.

Call Center.    During the second half of 2015, we centralized our destination campuses salesforce representatives who now operate from a call center.  This refines the process of recruiting from a distance for our destination campuses and has improved efficiencies. It is also providing call center functions for all campuses, helping to build a more cohesive process to address prospective student inquires expressing interest in our programs.

Campus-Inquiries.    When a prospective student contacts us as a result of our marketing and outreach efforts, an admissions representative contacts the prospective student to follow up on an individual basis. The admissions representative provides information on the programs of interest available at the campus location selected by the prospective student and offers an appointment to visit the school and tour the school's facilities.

STUDENT ADMISSIONS, ENROLLMENT AND RETENTION

Admissions.    In order to attend our schools, students must complete an application and pass an entrance assessment. While each of our programs has different admissions criteria, we screen all applications and counsel the students on the most appropriate program to increase the likelihood that our students complete the requisite coursework and obtain and sustain employment following graduation.

Enrollment.    We enroll students continuously throughout the year, with our largest classes enrolling in late summer or early fall following high school graduation. From continuing operations, weWe had 6,81110,159 students enrolled as of December 31, 20152017 and our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 20152017 was 7,55310,772 students, a decrease of 7.1%9.2% in average enrollment from December 31, 2014.2016. We had 7,62811,235 students enrolled as of December 31, 20142016 and our average enrollment for that year was 8,13211,864 students, a decrease of 6.2%8.6% in average enrollment from December 31, 2013.2015.
5


Retention.    To maximize student retention, the staff at each school is trained to recognize the early warning signs of a potential drop and to assist and advise students on academic, financial, employment and personal matters. We monitor our retention rates by instructor, course, program and school. When we become aware that a particular instructor or program is experiencing a higher than normal dropout rate, we quickly seek to determine the cause of the problem and attempt to correct it. When we identify that a student is experiencing difficulty academically, we offer tutoring.

JOB PLACEMENT

We believe that assisting our graduates in securing employment after completing their program of study is critical to our ability to attract high quality students.students and enhancing our reputation in the industry. In addition, we believe that high job placement rates result in low student loan default rates, an important requirement for continued participation in Title IV Programs.of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Title IV Programs”). See "Regulatory Environment—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs." Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an effective graduate placement program. Our non-destination schools work closely with local employers to ensure that we are training students with skills that employers need. Each school has an advisory council comprised of local employers who provide us with direct feedback on how well we are preparing our students to succeed in the workplace. This enables us to tailor our programs to the marketplace. The placement staff in each of our destination schools maintains databases of potential employers throughout the country, allowing us to more effectively assist our graduates in securing employment in their career field upon graduation. Throughout the year, we hold numerous job fairs at our facilities where we provide the opportunity for our students to meet and interact with potential employers.  In addition, many of our schools have internship programs that provide our students with opportunities to work with employers prior to graduation. For example, some of the students in our automotive programs have the opportunity to complete a portion of their hands-on training in an actual work environment. In addition, some of our healthcare students in health sciences programs are required to participate in an externship program during which they work in the field as part of their career training. We also assist students with resume writing, interviewing and other job search skills.

FACULTY AND EMPLOYEES

We hire our faculty in accordance with established criteria, including relevant work experience, educational background and accreditation and state regulatory standards. We require meaningful industry experience of our teaching staff in order to maintain the quality of instruction in all of our programs and to address current and industry-specific issues in our course content. In addition, we provide intensive instructional training and continuing education, including quarterly instructional development seminars, annual reviews, technical upgrade training, faculty development plans and weekly staff meetings.

The staff of each school typically includes a school director, a director of graduate placement, an education director, a director of student services, a financial-aid director, an accounting manager, a director of admissions and instructors, all of whom are industry professionals with experience in our areas of study.

As of December 31, 2015,2017, we had approximately 2,3981,980 employees, including 570482 full-time faculty and 492379 part-time instructors.   At six of our campuses, the teaching professionals are represented by unions. These employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 20172018 and 2019.2022.  We believe that we have good relationships with these unions and with our employees.

6

COMPETITION

The for-profit, post-secondary education industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented with no one provider controlling significant market share.  Direct competition between career-oriented schools like usours and traditional four-year colleges or universities is limited. Thus, our main competitors are other for-profit, career-oriented schools, as well asnot-for-profit public, private schools, public and private two-year junior and community colleges.colleges, most of which are eligible to receive funding under the federal programs of student financial aid authorized by Title IV Programs. Competition is generally based on location, the type of programs offered, the quality of instruction, placement rates, reputation, recruiting and tuition rates. Public institutions are generally able to charge lower tuition than our school, due in part to government subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools. In addition, some of our other competitors have a more extensive network of schools and campuses than we do, which enables them to recruit students more efficiently from a wider geographic area. Nevertheless, we believe that we are able to compete effectively in our local markets because of the diversity of our program offerings, quality of instruction, the strength of our brands, our reputation and our graduates’ success in securing employment after completing their program of study.

We compete with other institutions that are eligible to receive funding under the federal programs of student financial aid authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Title IV Programs”).  This includes four-year, not-for-profit public and private colleges and universities, community colleges and all for-profit institutions whether they are four years, two years or less. Our competition differs in each market depending on the curriculum that we offer. For example, a school offering automotive, healthcare and skilled trades programs will have a different group of competitors than a school offering healthcare, business/IT and skilled trades.trades programs. Also, because schools can add new programs within six to twelve months, competition can emerge relatively quickly. Moreover, with the introduction of online education, the number of competitors in each market has increased because students can now attend classes from an online institution.
6

Our primary competition for students are community colleges and other career schools, both for-profit and not-for-profit. We focus on programs that are in high demand. We compete against community colleges by seeking to offer more frequent start dates, more flexible hours, better instructional resources, more hands on training, shorter program length and greater assistance with job placement. We compete against the other career schools by seeking to offer a higher quality of education and higher quality instructional equipment. On average, each of our schools has at least three direct competitors and at least a dozen indirect competitors. As we continue to add courses and degree programs, our competitors within a given market increase.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and campuses, and generate small quantities of waste such as used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to obtain permits for our air emissions and to meet operational and maintenance requirements. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties. Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Students attending our schools finance their education through a combination of personal resources, family contributions, individual resources, private loans and federal financial aid programs. Each of our schools participates in the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the DOE. For the year ended December 31 2015, , 2017, approximately 80%78% (calculated based on cash receipts) of our revenues were derived from the Title IV Programs. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a DOE prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically use the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and fees and, in some cases, for living expenses or other costs of attendance.

In connection with the students' receipt of federal financial aid under the Title IV Programs, our schools are subject to extensive regulation by governmental agencies and licensing and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, and the regulations issued thereafter by the DOE, subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that each of our schools must satisfy in order to participate in the Title IV Programs. To participate in the Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. The DOE defines an eligible institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Each of our schools is either a main campus or an additional location of a main campus. Each of our schools is subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by state education agencies, accrediting commissions, and the DOE. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Our schools also participate in other federal and state financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education.education and that impose standards that we must satisfy.

State Authorization

Each of our schools must be authorized by the applicable education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located, and in some cases other states, in order to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. State agency authorization is also required in each state in which a school is physically located in order for the school to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.  If we are found not to be in compliance with the applicable state regulation and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit or enroll students in that state and may have to stop providing services in that state, which could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  Currently, each of our schools is authorized by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located and in which it recruits students.

Our schools are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, curriculum, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, student outcomes and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. Some states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are different from, and in certain cases more stringent than, those prescribed by the DOE. Some states require schools to post a surety bond. We have posted surety bonds on behalf of our schools and education representatives with multiple states in a total amount of approximately $14.9$12.7 million.
 
The DOE published regulations that took effect on July 1, 2011, that expanded the requirements for an institution to be considered legally authorized in the state in which it is physically located for Title IV purposes.  In some cases, the regulations required states to revise their current requirements and/or to license schools in order for institutions to be deemed legally authorized in those states and, in turn, to participate in Title IV Programs.  If the states do not amend their requirements where necessary and if schools do not receive approvals where necessary that comply with these new requirements, then the institution could be deemed to lack the state authorization necessary to participate in Title IV Programs.  The DOE stated when it published the final regulations that it will not publish a list of states that meet, or fail to meet, the requirements, and it is uncertain how the DOE will interpret these requirements in each state.
 
If any of our schools fail to comply with state licensing requirements, they are subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If any one of our schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the school is located, or failed to comply with the DOE’s state authorization requirements, that school would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, the Title IV eligibility of its related additional locations could be affected, the impacted schools would be unable to offer its programs, and we could be forced to close the schools. If one of our schools lost its state authorization from a state other than the state in which the school is located, the school would not be able to recruit students or to operate in that state.

Due to state budget constraints in certain states in which we operate, it is possible that those states may continue to reduce the number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state education agencies that oversee our schools. A delay or refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes in our operations that require state approval could prevent us from making such changes or could delay our ability to make such changes.  States periodically change their laws and regulations applicable to our schools and such changes could require us to change our practices and could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which a school submits to ongoing qualitative and quantitative review by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine the academic quality of the school's instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as confirmation that the school's programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting commissions also review the administrative and financial operations of the schools they accredit to ensure that each school has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE is required for an institution to be certified to participate in Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by the DOE, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions. As of December 31, 2015, 162017, 15 of our campuses are accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges, or ACCSC; 12seven of our campuses are accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools, or ACICS; and one of our campuses is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges of Technology, or NEASC; and one of our campuses is accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, or ABHES.  All of these accrediting commissions are recognized by the DOE.NEASC.  The following is a list of the dates on which each campus was accredited by its accrediting commission, the date by which its accreditation must be renewed and the type of accreditation.

Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Reaccreditation Dates

School Last Accreditation Letter Next Accreditation Type of Accreditation
Philadelphia, PA2
 September 30, 2013 May 1, 2018 National
Union, NJ1
 May 29, 2014 February 1, 2019 National
Mahwah, NJ1
 March 11, 2015 August 1, 2019 National
Melrose Park, IL2
 March 13, 2015 November 1, 2019 National
Denver, CO1
 March 9, 2011June 14, 2016 
February 1, 20163
2021
 National
Columbia, MD March 7, 20128, 2017 February 1, 20172022 National
Grand Prairie, TX1
 December 7, 2011June 20, 2017 
August 1, 20163
2021
 National
Allentown, PA12
 March 7, 20128, 2017 JanuaryFebruary 1, 20172022 National
Nashville, TN1
 November 30, 2012September 6, 2017 May 1, 20172022 National
Indianapolis, IN November 30, 2012 
November 1, 20173
 National
New Britain, CT June 5, 2014 
January 1, 20183
 National
Shelton, CT2
 March 5, 2014 September 1, 2018 National
Queens, NY1
 June 4, 2013 June 1, 2018 National
Hartford, CTMarch 11, 2015November 1, 2019National
East Windsor, CT2
 December 4, 2013October 17, 2017 February 1, 20182023 National
South Plainfield, NJ1
 September 2, 2014 August 1, 2019 National

1Branch campus of main campus in Indianapolis, IN
2Branch campus of main campus in New Britain, CT
3Campus undergoing re-accreditation. Each campusCampus has received written confirmation that it remains accredited pending consideration of its application for reaccreditation.
Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools Reaccreditation DatesDates*

School Last Accreditation Letter Next Accreditation Type of Accreditation
Brockton, MA1
August 28, 2014December 31, 2020National
Lincoln, RI1
 August 28, 2014December 31, 2019National
Lowell, MA1
January 5, 2015 December 31, 2019 National
Somerville, MA1
 August 28, 2014 December 31, 2019 National
Philadelphia (Center City), PA1
April 26, 2013
December 31, 20162
National
Edison,Iselin, NJ April 26, 2013December 20, 2016 
December 31, 20162
2022
 National
Marietta, GA1
 August 28, 2014 December 31, 2019 National
Moorestown, NJ1
 April 26, 2013December 20, 2016 
December 31, 20162
2022
 National
Paramus, NJ1
 April 26, 2013
December 31,20, 20162
National
Philadelphia (Northeast), PA1
April 26, 2013
December 31, 20162
National
West Palm Beach, FL1
August 28, 2014 December 31, 20192022 National
Las Vegas (Summerlin), NV1
 August 29, 2014 December 31, 2019 National
Henderson (Green Valley), NV1
January 5, 2015December 31, 2019National

1Branch campus of main campus in Edison,Iselin, NJ
2Campus undergoing re-accreditation.
* ACICS accredited institutions currently undergoing initial transitioning accreditation applications with ACCSC.

New England Association of Schools and Colleges of Technology Reaccreditation Dates

School Last Accreditation Letter Comprehensive Evaluation Type of Accreditation
Southington, CT June 29, 2012 
Fall 20171
 Regional

Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools Reaccreditation Dates
1Campus undergoing re-accreditation. Commission considering evaluation of the Southington school at its April 2018 meeting.

Our Iselin, New Jersey school and its branch campuses (collectively, the “Iselin school”), participate in Title IV Programs under provisional status.  This provisional status results from a December 12, 2016 decision of the Secretary of the DOE to uphold the decision of a senior DOE official to cease recognition of ACICS, as a nationally recognized accrediting agency and to deny ACICS’s petition for DOE recognition based on conclusions that ACICS was in violation of various DOE regulatory criteria.  ACICS had served as the accrediting agency for the Iselin school.  ACICS has appealed the DOE Secretary’s decision to Federal court; however, unless otherwise directed by the court, the DOE Secretary’s decision is not stayed during the appeal to Federal court and, therefore, ACICS is not a DOE-recognized accrediting agency.  ACICS has also submitted a petition to become a recognized agency with the DOE and its application will be reviewed at the May 2018 meeting of the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity.
When the DOE withdraws the recognition of an accrediting agency, the DOE may permit a postsecondary educational institution that had accreditation through such accrediting agency to continue its participation in Title IV Programs on a provisional basis for a period not to exceed 18 months from the DOE’s decision to withdraw its recognition of the accrediting agency.  Accordingly, in connection with ACICS’s loss of recognition, the DOE has indicated that during an 18-month period of provisional participation commencing on December 12, 2016 an ACICS-accredited institution will be deemed to hold recognized accreditation and, in addition, the institution is required to comply with certain conditions and restrictions, including, but not limited to, that the institution:

School·Last Accreditation LetterNext AccreditationTypewill be restricted from making major changes, such as opening new campuses, increasing the level of Accreditation
Fern Park, FLAugust 2, 2015March 31, 2016Nationalacademic offerings or adding new educational programs, without DOE approval, and such DOE approval will be granted only in limited circumstances;
·must make certain notifications and disclosures, allow students to take a leave of absence and will not be eligible to receive Title IV Program funds for any newly enrolled students if the students become ineligible to sit for any licensing or certification exam as a result of the loss of accreditation;
·must make certain notifications and disclosures and will not be eligible to receive Title IV Program funds if the institution loses its authorization to operate and issue postsecondary credentials;
·must submit periodic reports to the DOE regarding investigations, lawsuits and arbitrations;
·must inform students on how to file complaints they may have previously submitted to the institution’s accrediting agency;
·must submit a teach-out plan to the DOE by January 11, 2017; and
·must engage its third-party auditor to evaluate certain data and compliance indicators for the institution that would have been monitored by the accrediting agency, including financial information and measures of student achievement.

The DOE informed the Company by letter dated August 31, 2017 that we are no longer required to submit periodic reports to the DOE regarding investigations, lawsuits and arbitrations.  In addition, the DOE subsequently informed the Company by letter dated August 31, 2017 that we are no longer required to engage its third-party auditor to evaluate certain data and compliance indicators for the institution that would have been monitored by the accrediting agency, including financial information and measures of student achievement.  To date, the Company has satisfied all of the above referenced requirements for an institution that has provisional participation status and has not made any major changes.

The DOE also imposed additional requirements on ACICS-accredited institutions that did not meet certain milestones toward accreditation by another recognized accrediting agency. An institution that did not apply for accreditation with another recognized accrediting agency by March 13, 2017 was required to submit a formal teach-out agreement to the DOE and disclose to its students that it did not have an in-process application with another recognized accrediting agency. In addition, any institution that did not have an in-process application with another recognized accrediting agency by June 12, 2017 or had not completed an accrediting agency site visit by February 28, 2018 would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV Program funds for any student that enrolls after that date, would have to make additional disclosures to its students, would have to submit monthly student rosters and a record retention plan to the DOE, and would have to deliver a letter of credit to the DOE in an amount to be determined by the DOE.

Subsequent to the DOE Secretary’s decision with respect to ACICS, on December 19, 2016, the Company and the DOE executed an addendum to the Company’s program participation agreement, in which the Company agreed to comply with the DOE’s conditions and requirements for provisional certification with respect to the Iselin school for a period of up to 18 months ending on June 12, 2018.

We are in the process of applying to ACCSC for accreditation of our ACICS-accredited institution and its campuses.  Our efforts to obtain accreditation could be unsuccessful and could result in the loss of the institution’s eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs. We have met all the milestones established by the DOE, for the continuation in the Title IV Programs for the schools accredited by ACICS.

The Company received a letter dated February 26, 2018 from ACCSC, which indicated that the ACCSC commission required that the Company submit certain additional information to ACCSC to demonstrate that the financial structure of the Company’s system of schools is sound with resources sufficient for the proper operation of its schools and of the discharge of the Company’s obligations to its students.  If our Iselin school and its campuses are unable to obtain initial accreditation from ACCSC by June 12, 2018, then the Iselin school and its campuses will be subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation, warning, or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in actions by the ACCSC commission including, but not limited to, loss of accreditation or limitations on our ability to initiate a substantive change. Loss of accreditation by any of our main campuses would result in the termination of eligibility of that school and all of its branch campuses to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school and its branches, which could have a significant negative impact on our business and operations.  The Company is required to submit its response to ACCSC by April 5, 2018.  Our application for accreditation for ACCSC will be considered at a May 2018 accrediting commission meeting.  The Company believes they will be able to meet all requirements required by the ACCSC commission.
The loss of DOE recognition by an institution’s accrediting agency also could result in a loss of state authorization (and, in turn, Title IV Program eligibility), programmatic accreditation, and/or authorization to participate in certain state or federal financial aid programs if accreditation by a DOE-recognized accrediting agency is required for the impacted campuses of our ACICS-accredited institution to qualify for such state authorization, programmatic accreditation, or state or federal financial aid programs. We have not identified any state, federal or accrediting agencies that condition approval of our ACICS-accredited campuses on accreditation by a DOE-recognized accrediting body.  However, agency requirements are imprecise or unclear in some instances and could be subject to different interpretation by one or more agencies.

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation.accreditation or restrictions on the addition of new locations, new programs, or other substantive changes. If any one of our schools loses its accreditation, students attending that school would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV Program funding, and we could be forced to close that school. Our school in Fern Park, Florida received a letter from ABHES on February 9, 2015 notifying the school that ABHES had deferred action on the school’s application for a continued grant of accreditation and directing the school to show cause why its accreditation should not be withdrawn.  ABHES is the institutional accreditor for the Fern Park school.  The February 9, 2015 correspondence from ABHES identified two findings of alleged noncompliance with certain ABHES accreditation requirements related to financial standards and program outcomes.  On February 27, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Fern Park, Florida school, which is scheduled to close in the first quarter of 2016 following the completion of a teach-out of currently enrolled students.  We notified ABHES of the planned teach-out and, in response, at its August 2015 meeting, ABHES extended the accreditation of the institution through March 31, 2016.

Programmatic accreditation is the process through which specific programs are reviewed and approved by industry and program-specific accrediting entities. Although programmatic accreditation is not generally necessary for Title IV eligibility, such accreditation may be required to allow students to sit for certain licensure exams or to work in a particular profession or career or to meet other requirements.  Failure to obtain or maintain such programmatic accreditation may lead to a decline in enrollments in such programs.  Under new gainful employment or GE regulations issued by the DOE, institutions may be required to certify that they have programmatic accreditation under certain circumstances.  See “—Regulatory Environment – DOE Development of New Regulations.Gainful Employment.

Nature of Federal and State Support for Post-Secondary Education

The federal government provides a substantial part of the support for post-secondary education through Title IV Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can use those funds at any institution that has been certified as eligible by the DOE. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the expected amount a student and his or her family can reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipientsA recipient of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of theirhis or her program of study and must meet other applicable eligibility requirements for the receipt of Title IV funds. In addition, each school must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students.
Students at our schools received grants and loans to fund their education under the following Title IV Programs:  (1) the Federal Direct Loan, or FDL, program, (2) the Federal Pell Grant, or Pell, program, (3) the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (“FSEOG”) program, and (4) the Federal Perkins Loan, or Perkins, program.

Federal Direct Loan Program.    The lender under this program is the DOE rather than a bank or other lending institution.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, we derived approximately 56% of our Title IV revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the FDL program.

Pell.    Under the Pell program, the DOE makes grants to students who demonstrate the greatest financial need. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we derived approximately 21% of our revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the Pell program.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant.    Under the FSEOG program, the DOE issues grants which are designed to supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial needs. An institution is required to make a 25% matching contribution for all funds received from the DOE under this program. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we received less than 1% of our revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the FSEOG program.

Perkins.    Perkins loans are made from a revolving institutional account, 75% of which is funded by the DOE and the remainder by the school receiving the funds. Each school is responsible for collecting payments on Perkins loans from its former students and lending those funds to currently enrolled students. Defaults by students on their Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the applicable school's revolving account to make loans to additional students, but the school does not have any obligation to guarantee the loans or repay the defaulted amounts. All of our schools ceased awarding loans under the Perkins program effective 2014; therefore, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not derive any of our revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the Perkins program.  One of our schools continues to receive repayments of prior Perkins loans from students.

Other Financial Assistance Programs

Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources other than Title IV Programs, such as programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and under the Workforce Investment Act. In addition, some states also provide financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships. The eligibility requirements for state financial aid and these other federal aid programs vary among the funding agencies and by program. States that provide financial aid to our students are facing significant budgetary constraints. Some of these states have reduced the level of state financial aid available to our students.  Due to state budgetary shortfalls and constraints in certain states in which we operate, we believe that the overall level of state financial aid for our students is likely to continue to decrease in the near term, but we cannot predict how significant any such reductions will be or how long they will last. Federal budgetary shortfalls and constraints, or decisions by federal lawmakers to limit or prohibit access by our institutions or their students to federal financial aid, could result in a decrease in the level of federal financial aid for our students.

In addition to Title IV and other government-administered programs, all of our schools participate in alternative loan programs for their students. Alternative loans fill the gap between what the student receives from all financial aid sources and what the student may need to cover the full cost of theirhis or her education. Students or their parents can apply to a number of different lenders for this funding at current market interest rates.

We also extend credit for tuition and fees to many of our students that attend our campuses.
 
1011

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education agencies in the state in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after reviewing and approving an institution’s application to participate in the Title IV Programs. The DOE defines an institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this definition, for DOE purposes, we had the following 7five institutions as of December 31, 2015,2017, collectively consisting of 7five main campuses and 2418 additional locations:
 
Main Instituion/Institution/Campus(es) Additional Location(s)
Edison,Iselin, NJ Moorestown, NJ
  Paramus, NJ
  Philadelphia, PA (Center City)
Philadelphia, PA (Northeast)
Somerville, MA
Lowell, MA
Brockton, MA
  Lincoln, RI
  Marietta, GA
  West Palm Beach, FL
Henderson, NV (Green Valley)
Las Vegas, NV (Summerlin)
Hartford, CT  
New Britain, CT Shelton, CT
  Philadelphia, PA
  East Windsor, CT
  Melrose Park, IL
Fern Park, FL Allentown, PA
   
Indianapolis, IN Grand Prairie, TX
  Nashville, TN
  Denver, CO
  Union, NJ
  Mahwah, NJ
  Queens, NY
  Allentown, PASouth Plainfield, NJ
  South Plainfield, NJ
Columbia, MD  
   
Southington, CT  

Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs. The institution also must apply for recertification when it undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. The institution also may come under DOE review when it undergoes a substantive change that requires the submission of an application, such as opening an additional location or raising the highest academic credential it offers.  All institutions are recertified on various dates for various amounts of time.  The following table sets forth the expiration dates for each of our institutions' current Title IV Program participation agreements:

Institution
Expiration Date of Current
Program Participation
Agreement
Columbia, MDMarch 31, 2020
Iselin, NJ
June 12, 20181
Indianapolis, IN
September 30, 20181
New Britain, CTMarch 31, 2020
Southington, CTJune 30, 2023

1Provisionally certified.

The DOE typically provides provisional certification to an institution following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control and also may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons, including, but not limited to, noncompliance with certain standards of administrative capability and financial responsibility.  Two of our sevenfive institutions, (Edisonnamely Iselin (as a result of ACICS’s loss of DOE recognition, as discussed above) and Indianapolis), which generatesIndianapolis are provisionally certified by the majorityDOE; together, these two institutions generate 66% of the Company’s revenues are provisionally certified.  Indianapolis is provisionally certified based on the existence of pending program reviews with DOE.DOE (although the Title IV Program review at our Union and Indianapolis schools, which was the basis for provisional certification, have been resolved and are now closed).  An institution that is provisionally certified receives fewer due process rights than those received by other institutions in the event the DOE takes certain adverse actions against the institution, is required to obtain prior DOE approvals of new campuses and educational programs, and may be subject to heightened scrutiny by the DOE.  However, provisional certification does not otherwise limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds.  Our Iselin campus also is subject to additional conditions on its Title IV participation based on its accrediting agency’s loss of DOE recognition, as discussed above.
The DOE is responsible for overseeing compliance with Title IV Program requirements. As a result, each of our schools is subject to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

Congressional Action. Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs. Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”) and other laws governing Title IV Programs.  On August 14, 2008, the Higher Education Opportunity Act, Public Law 110-315, reauthorized the HEA’s Title IV Programs through at least September 30, 2014.  Later, the HEA was automatically extended through September 30, 2015. Congress is currently considering reauthorization of Title IV Programs butand the House Education and Workforce Committee approved a reauthorization bill on December 13, 2017.  The Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee has indicated it plans to develop its own reauthorization bill.  However, it is unknownnot known if or when Congress will completepass final legislation that process or what changes will be made toamends the HEAHigher Education Act or other laws affecting federalU.S. Federal student aid.

In addition, Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Congress can also make changes in the laws affecting Title IV Programs in the annual appropriations bills and in other laws it enacts between the HEA reauthorizations. Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress or the DOE that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding, that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to participate inreceive funding through the Title IV Programs, or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues. Congressional action may alsorevenues, and could increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV Program requirements.  For example, changes to the HEA eliminated federal student aid eligibility, with certain exceptions, for all students who first enroll on or after July 1, 2012 and who do not have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate.  See “– Regulatory Environment – Ability to Benefit Regulations.”

We cannot predict what, if any, legislative or other actions will be taken or proposed by Congress in connection with the reauthorization of the HEA or other activities of Congress.  Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through those Programs, or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit margin.  In addition, current requirements for student or school participation in Title IV Programs may change or one or more of the present Title IV Programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different student or school eligibility requirements.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be amended, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

DOE Development of New Regulations.Gainful Employment. The DOE issued final regulations on October 29, 2010, with a general effective date of July 1, 2011, which included, but were not limited to:  revisions to the incentive compensation rule; a significant expansion of the notice and approval requirements for adding new academic programs and new reporting and disclosure requirements for such programs; the definition of high school diploma for the purpose of establishing institutional eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs and student eligibility to receive Title IV aid; ability to benefit students; misrepresentation of information provided to students and prospective students; state authorization as a component of institutional eligibility; agreements between institutions of higher education; verification of information included on student aid applications; satisfactory academic progress; monitoring grade point averages; retaking coursework; return of Title IV Program funds with respect to term‑based programs with modules or compressed courses and with respect to taking attendance; and the timeliness and method of disbursements of Title IV funds. The topics covered in these regulations also included a new federal definition of a “credit hour” for federal student aid purposes.  The new definition has resulted in changes to the number of credit hours awarded for certain of our educational programs and in changes to the amount of federal student aid available to students enrolled in such programs.  We were required to change certain of our practices to comply with the requirements of these final regulations.   The changes to our practices have had and may continue to have, and any inability by us to comply with these regulations could have, a significant impact on our business and results of operations.
On June 13, 2011, the DOE published final regulations in the Federal Register regarding gainful employment that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2012 and would apply to all educational programs that are subject to the DOE requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Such educational programs include all of the Title IV-eligible educational programs at each of our institutions.

On June 30, 2012, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia issued a decision that vacated most of the gainful employment regulations and remanded those regulations to the DOE for further action.  On July 6, 2012, the DOE issued an electronic announcement acknowledging that the District Court had vacated the repayment rate metric as well as the debt-to-income gainful employment metrics that would have gone into effect on July 1, 2012.  The DOE also noted that institutions are not required to comply with related regulations relating to gainful employment reporting requirements and adding new educational programs, but are required to comply with requirements to disclose certain information about educational programs.

In June 2013, the DOE announced its intention to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare new gainful employment regulations, which would replace those vacated by the District Court. The DOE held negotiating sessions with the committee beginning in September 2013 and concluding in December 2013.  In October 2014, the DOE issued final regulations on gainful employment regulations requiring each educational program offered by our institutions to achieve threshold rates in at least one of two debt measure categories related to an annual debt to annual earnings ratio and an annual debt to discretionary income ratio. The various formulas are calculated under complex methodologies and definitions outlined in the final regulations and, in some cases, are based on data that may not be readily accessible to institutions.institutions, such as income information compiled by the Social Security Administration.  The regulations outline various scenarios under which programs could lose Title IV eligibility for failure to achieve threshold rates in one or more measures over certain periods of time ranging from two to four years. The regulations also require an institution to provide warnings to students in programs thatwhich may lose Title IV eligibility at the end of an award year. The final regulations also contain other provisions that, among other things, include disclosure, reporting, new program approval, and certification requirements.  The certification requirements will require each institution to certify to the DOE, among other things, that each gainful employment program is programmatically accredited, if such accreditation is required by a Federal governmental entity or by a governmental entity in the state in which the institution is physically located.

The final regulations were effective on July 1, 2015. The DOE has stated that it plans to issue the first rates calculated under the new regulation in draft later in 2016 and in final in late 2016 or early 2017.  We cannot predict with certainty the rates for our programs or the extent to which our programs may be adversely impacted by the rates.  The implementation of these new gainful employment regulations could require us to eliminate certain educational programs, could result in the loss of our students’ access to Title IV Program funds for the affected programs, and could have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

The DOE published new regulations in 2014 on other topics, including regulations related to adverse credit for borrowers of PLUS loans and related to certain campus safety and security requirements.  The DOE also considered during negotiated rulemaking sessions in 2014, but did not publish, regulations on other topics including: clock to credit hour conversion for programs offered in credit hours that do not transfer into degree programs and are subject to the federal conversion formula for determining credit hours; state authorization for programs offered through distance education or correspondence education; and state authorization for foreign locations of institutions located in a state.

On October 30, 2015, the DOE published new regulations related to cash management including the marketing of financial accounts to students and the requirements related to holding and paying student credit balances, the measurement of the length of certain educational programs, the enrollment status of students retaking coursework, and the appealing or challenging of cohort default rates.  The regulations havehad a general effective date of July 1, 2016, although some2015. In January 2017, the DOE issued the first set of gainful employment rates for each of our programs for the debt measure year ended June 30, 2015.  Sixty of our programs achieved passing rates, 13 of our programs had rates that are in a category called the “zone,” and five of our programs had failing rates.  One of the regulations providefive failing programs is associated with an institution that is closed as of December 31, 2016.  Our programs with rates in the zone are not subject to loss of Title IV eligibility unless they accumulate a combination of zone and failing rates for four consecutive years (or failing rates for two out of any three consecutive years). Each of our programs with failing rates will lose its Title IV eligibility if it receives a later implementation date.failing gainful employment rate for either of the 2016 or 2017 debt measure years.  The DOE has yet to begin the process of issuing gainful employment rates for the 2016 debt measure year, although it could begin that process at any time.
Of the four remaining failing programs two were at our Transitional campuses and have been fully taught out as of December 31, 2017.  The remaining two failing programs are expected to be fully taught out by June 30, 2018 and we are pending a response from the DOE to the official appeal we submitted on February 1, 2018.  If, in fact, we lose the appeal to the DOE the applicable school would need to notify its current students that it may lose Title IV eligibility.  Moreover, the potential for one or more of these programs to lose their Title IV eligibility could trigger a requirement to submit a letter of credit or other financial protection to the DOE under the new Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2019 but were subsequently delayed.  See “Financial Responsibility Standards.”
The table below provides a summary of the percentage of total student enrollment by gainful employment program classification for each of our reporting segments based on student enrollment as of the debt measure year ended December 31, 2017.
Reporting Segment Passing Programs  Zone Programs  Failing Programs 
Transportation  93.6%  6.4%  - 
HOPS  94.6%  4.5%  0.9%
Transitional  -   -   - 

The table below provides a summary of estimated yearly revenue related to the programs either in the zone or failing programs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.  The Company has implemented program modifications and tuition reductions or is teaching out the program or has appealed the program’s gainful employment rate.
Reporting Segment Zone Programs  Failing Programs 
Transportation $6,000,000  $- 
HOPS $3,200,000  $300,000 

The table below provides a summary of each of the zone or failing programs and the actions implemented by the Company with respect to those particular gainful employment (“GE”) programs.
 
 GE Program Code   
Reporting SegmentOPEIDCIP CodeCredential LevelGE Program NameGE ClassificationActions implemented
Transportation007936120503CertificateCulinary Arts/Chef TrainingZoneTeachout, Program Modification, Tuition Reduction
Transportation007938470603Certificate
Autobody/Collision And Repair
Technology/Technician
Zone
Program Modification,
Tuition Reducation
Transportation007936470604Certificate
Automobile/Automotive Mechanices
Technology/Technician
Zone
Program Modification,
Tuition Reducation
HOPS012461120401CertificateCosmetology/Cosmetologist GeneralZoneProgram Modification
HOPS007303120503CertificateCulinary Arts/Chef TrainingFail
Appeal, Teachout, Program Modification,
Tuition Reducation
HOPS007303120599CertificateCulinary Arts and Related Services, OtherZoneTeachout
HOPS0012461470101Certificate
Electrical/ Electronics Equipment Installation
And Repair, General
FailTeachout, Program Modification
HOPS0012461470101Associate Degree
Electrical/ Electronics Equipment Installation
And Repair, General
ZoneProgram Modification
HOPS0012461510713Associate DegreeMedical Insurance Coding Specialist/CoderZoneTeachout
Transitional0012461120503CertificateCulinary Arts/Chef TrainingZoneTeachout
Transitional0012461120503CertificateCulinary Arts/Chef TrainingZoneTeachout
Transitional0012461470201Certificate
Heating, Air Conditioning, Ventilation
And Refrigeration Maintenance
 Technology/Technician
FailTeachout
Transitional0012461470604Certificate
Automobile/Automotive Mechanices
Technology/Technician
FailTeachout
Transitional0012461470604Associate Degree
Automobile/Automotive Mechanics
Technology/Technician
ZoneTeachout
Transitional0012461510716Associate Degree
Medical Administrative/Executive Assistant
And Medical Secretory
ZoneTeachout
Transitional0012461510801Associate DegreeMedical/Clinical AssistantZoneTeachout
1Gainful Employment programs are identified by the combination of: (1) the institution’s Office of Postsecondary Education Identification  number (“OPEID #”); (2) Program Classification of Instruction (“CIP”); and (3) Credential Level.
On June 15, 2017, the DOE announced its intention to convene a negotiated rulemaking committee to develop proposed regulations to revise the gainful employment regulations. The committee may issue proposed regulations for public comment during the first half of 2018, but the DOE has not established a final schedule for publication of proposed or final regulations. Any regulations published in final form by November 1, 2018 typically would take effect on July 1, 2019, but we cannot provide any assurances as to the timing or content of any such regulations.

On June 30, 2017, the DOE announced the extension of the compliance date for certain gainful employment disclosure requirements from July 1, 2017 to July 1, 2018. The DOE stated that institutions are still required to comply with other gainful employment disclosure requirements by July 1, 2017. On August 18, 2017, the DOE announced new deadlines for submitting notices of intent to file alternate earnings appeals of gainful employment rates and for submitting alternate earnings appeals of those rates. The deadline to file a notice of intent to file an appeal was October 6, 2017 and the deadline to file the alternate earnings appeal was February 1, 2018. The DOE has not announced a delay or suspension in the enforcement of any other gainful employment regulations. However, on August 8, 2017, DOE officials announced that the DOE did not have a timetable for the issuance of student completer lists to schools, which is the first step toward generating the data for calculating new gainful employment rates. Consequently, we cannot predict when the DOE will begin the process of calculating and issuing new draft or final gainful employment rates in the future. We also cannot predict whether the gainful employment rulemaking process or the extension of certain gainful employment deadlines may result in the DOE delaying the issuance of new draft or final gainful employment rates in the future.
Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.  In January 2016, the DOE began negotiated rulemaking to develop proposed regulations regarding, among other things, a borrower’s ability to allege acts or omissions by an institution as a defense to the repayment of certain Title IV loans and the consequences to the borrower, the DOE, and the institution.  On November 1, 2016, the DOE published in the Federal Register the final version of these regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2017 and which, among other things, include rules for:

·establishing new processes, and updating existing processes, for enabling borrowers to obtain from the DOE a discharge of some or all of their federal student loans based on circumstances such as certain acts or omissions of the institution and for the DOE to impose and collect liabilities against the institution following the loan discharges;
·establishing expanded standards of financial responsibility (see “Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards”);
·requiring institutions to make disclosures to current and prospective students regarding the existence of certain of the circumstances identified in the expanded standards of financial responsibility;
·calculating a loan repayment rate for each proprietary institution under standards established by the regulations and requiring institutions to provide warnings to current and prospective students if the institution has a loan repayment rate below specified thresholds;
·prohibiting certain contractual provisions imposed by or on behalf of schools on students regarding arbitration, dispute resolution, and participation in class actions; and
·expanding the existing definition of misrepresentations that could result in grounds for discharge of student loans and in liabilities and sanctions against the institution, including, without limitation, potential loss of Title IV eligibility.

On January 19, 2017, the DOE issued new regulations that update the Department’s hearing procedures for actions to establish liability against an institution and to establish procedural rules governing recovery proceedings under the DOE’s borrower defense to repayment regulations.
The DOE stated priordelayed the effective date of a majority of these regulations until July 1, 2019 to beginning theensure that there is adequate time to conduct negotiated rulemaking that it  intendedand, as necessary, develop revised regulations. The DOE has not established a final schedule. Any regulations published in final form by November 1, 2018 typically would take effect on July 1, 2019, but we cannot provide any assurances as to develop proposedthe timing or content of any such regulations to address (1) the procedures to be used for a borrower to establish a defense to repayment; (2) the criteria thator whether and when the DOE will use to identifymight end the acts or omissions of an institution that constitute a defenses to repayment, includingdelay in the creation of a federal standard; (3) the standards and procedures that the DOE will use to determine the liabilityeffective date of the institution for amounts based on borrower defenses; (4) the effect of borrower defenses on institutional administrative capability assessments; and (5) other loan discharges. The negotiated rulemaking meetings are expected to conclude in March 2016.
previously published regulations.
 
Any new regulations typically would be subject to a notice and comment period during which the public comments on proposed regulations and the DOE responds to comments and publishes final regulations. We cannot predict how the ultimate content ofDOE would interpret and enforce the new borrower defense to repayment rules if they take effect after the delay or how these rules, or any new regulationsrules that may emerge fromarise out of the negotiated rulemaking process, in 2016, or any other regulations the DOE may propose and implementimpact our schools’ participation in the future, orTitle IV Programs; however, the potential impact of such regulations on us or our institutions. The final regulations could result innew rules for assessing liabilities to institutions for loan discharges and for imposing other sanctions on institutions.  The implementation of any new regulations by the DOE could have a significant impactmaterial adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on ourschools’ business and results of operations.operations, and the broad sweep of the rules may, in the future, require our schools to submit a letter of credit based on expanded standards of financial responsibility as indicated above.

The "90/10 Rule."   Under the HEA, reauthorization, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs (its “90/10 Rule percentage”) for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year ending after August 14, 2008 will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If an institution violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

We have calculated that, for our 20152017 fiscal year, our seven institutions' 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 77%76% to 85%84%.  For 20142016 and 2013,2015, none of our existing institutions derived more than 90% of their revenues from Title IV Programs.  We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the maximum percentage of its revenues from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.  Our calculations are subject to review by the DOE.

If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV revenue for 90/10 Rule purposes, or, lower the 90% threshold, or otherwise change the calculation methodology (each of which has been proposed by some Congressional members in proposed legislation), or make other changes to the 90/10 Rule, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  If anyA loss of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs that lossfor any of our institutions would adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs and have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.
 
15

Student Loan Defaults.    The HEA limits participation in Title IV Programs by institutions whose former students defaulted on the repayment of federally guaranteed or funded student loans above a prescribed rate (the “cohort default rate”).  The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults.  The cohort default rate is calculated on a federal fiscal year basis and measures the percentage of students who enter repayment of a loan during the federal fiscal year and default on the loan on or before the end of the federal fiscal year or the subsequent two federal fiscal years.

Under the HEA, an institution whose Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, and Federal Direct Loan, or FDL, cohort default rate is 30% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL, FDL, and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% loses its eligibility to participate in the FFEL and FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% in two of the three most recent federal fiscal years for which the DOE has issued cohort default rates, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.status and, under new regulations that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2017 but were subsequently delayed, could be required to submit a letter of credit to the DOE.
13


In September 2015,2017, the DOE released the final cohort default rates for the 20122014 federal fiscal year.  These are the most recent final rates published by the DOE.  The rates for our existing institutions for the 20122014 federal fiscal year range from 11.9%5.2% to 18.8%13.6%.  None of our institutions had a cohort default rate equal to or greater than 30% for the 20122014 federal fiscal year or for the 2011 or 2010 federal fiscal years.year.

In February 2016,2018, the DOE released draft three-year cohort default rates for the 20132015 federal fiscal year.  The draft cohort default rates are subject to change pending receipt of the final cohort default rates, which the DOE is expected to publish in September 2016.2018.  The draft rates for our institutions for the 20132015 federal fiscal year range from 9.9%7.6% to 15.4%13.2%.  None of our institutions had draft cohort default rates of 30% or more.

Financial Responsibility Standards.

All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution's annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution's composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

·
theThe equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
·theThe primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and
·theThe net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit.

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.

If an institution's composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as "the zone." Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (HCM1)(“HCM1”) payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE in an amount determined by the DOE and equal to at least 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (HCM2)(“HCM2”) and reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance. This requirement may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

The DOE typically permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years; however, this determination is made solely by the DOE.  If an institution’s composite score is between 1.0 and 1.4 after three or more consecutive years with a composite score below 1.5, it may be required to meet alternative requirements for continuing to participate in Title IV programs by submitting a letter of credit, complying with monitoring requirements, disbursing Title IV funds under the HCM1, HCM2, or reimbursement payment methods, and complying with other requirements and conditions.

If an institution's composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE's financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its financial responsibility on an alternative basis by, among other things:

·Posting a letter of credit in an amount determined by the DOE and equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution's most recently completed fiscal year; or
16

·Posting a letter of credit in an amount determined by the DOE and equal to at least 10% of such prior year'sthe Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification,certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE's standard advance funding arrangement

14

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis.  We have submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 20142016 and 20132015 fiscal year reflecting a composite score of 1.31.5 and 1.4,1.9, respectively, based upon our calculations.  We chose the “Zone Alternative” option described above because, among other things, it does not require usThe DOE reviewed our 2016 composite score and concluded that we were no longer required to submit a letter of credit to the DOE and because the HCM1 payment method is less burdensome than the HCM2 or reimbursement methods of payment that the DOE has the authority to impose. We believe that, prior to moving to the HCM1 payment method on October 22, 2014, our procedures for processing Title IV payments were similar to those now requiredoperate under the HCM1 payment method.  AsZone Alternative requirements that we had operated under following the DOE’s review of this date, we have not identified any impact on our ability to make disbursements of Title IV funds to our students or to receive funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  If we remain on the HCM1 payment method on or after July 1, 2016, we may have to modify our procedures for payment of credit balances to students to comply with the aforementioned new requirements to pay credit balances before drawing down funds from the DOE.2014 composite score.

For the 20152017 fiscal year, we have calculated our composite score to be 1.9.1.1.  This numberscore is subject to determination by the DOE once it receives and reviews our consolidated audited financial statements for the 20152017 fiscal year.year, but we believe it is likely that DOE will determine that our institutions are “in the zone” and that we will be required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements as well as any other requirements that the DOE might impose in its discretion.

On November 1, 2016, the DOE published new Borrower Defense to Repayment regulations that included expanded standards of financial responsibility that could result in a requirement that we submit to the DOE a substantial letter of credit or other form of financial protection in an amount determined by the DOE, and be subject to other conditions and requirements, based on any one of an extensive list of triggering circumstances.  The DOE has delayed the effective date of these regulations until July 1, 2019.  If the DOE determines that our composite score is 1.5 or higher, our composite score would be high enough for our institutions to be deemed financially responsible andregulations were not currently delayed, the expanded financial responsibility regulations could result in the DOE no longer requiring usrecalculating and reducing our composite score to comply withaccount for DOE estimates of potential losses under some of the Zone Alternativecircumstances listed above and also could result in requirements to provide financial protection in amounts that are difficult to predict, calculated by the DOE under potentially subjective standards and, in some cases, could be based solely on the existence of proceedings or circumstances that ultimately may lack merit or otherwise not result in liabilities or losses.  For example, the requirementcurrently delayed regulations state that the letter of credit or other form of financial protection required for an institution under the provisional certification alternative must equal 10 percent of the total amount of Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year plus any additional amount that the DOE determines is necessary to usefully cover any estimated losses unless the HCM1 payment method.  Such determination would be subjectinstitution demonstrates that the additional amount is unnecessary to DOE determination andprotect, or is contrary to, the absence of other factors supporting these requirements.Federal interest.

Return of Title IV Program Funds.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them, and must return those unearned funds to the DOE or the applicable lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the students in the audit or program review sample or if the regulatory auditor identifies a material weakness in the institution’s report on internal controls relating to the return of unearned Title IV Program funds, the institution may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE in an amount equal to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that should have been returned for students who withdrew in the institution's previousprior fiscal year.  None of

On January 11, 2018, the DOE sent letters to our Columbia, Maryland and Iselin, New Jersey institutions are currently requiredrequiring each institution to submit a letter of credit to the DOE based on findings of late returnreturns of Title IV Program funds in the annual Title IV Program compliance audits submitted to the DOE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  Our Iselin institution provided evidence demonstrating that only 3% of the Title IV Program funds returned were late.  However, the DOE concluded that a letter of credit would nevertheless be required for each institution because the regulatory auditor included a finding that there was a material weakness in our report on internal controls relating to return of unearned Title IV Program funds.
  We disagree with the regulatory auditor’s conclusion that a material weakness could exist if the error rate in the expanded audit sample is only 3% or approximately $20,000 and we believe that the regulatory auditor’s conclusion is erroneous.  We requested that the DOE reconsider the letter of credit requirement; however, by letter dated February 7, 2018, the DOE maintained that the refund letters of credit were necessary but agreed that the amount of each letter of credit could be based on the returns that were required to be made by each institution in the 2017 fiscal year rather than in the 2016 fiscal year.  Accordingly, we submitted letters of credit in the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million to the DOE by the February 23, 2018 deadline and expect that these letters of credit will remain in place for a minimum of two years.
School Acquisitions.    When a company acquires a school that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that school undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the DOE. Upon such a change of control, a school's eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended until it has applied for recertification by the DOE as an eligible school under its new ownership, which requires that the school also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. The DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution seeking approval of a change of control under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution's application. The time required for the DOE to act on such an application may vary substantially. The DOE recertification of an institution following a change of control will be on a provisional basis. Our expansionThus, any plans are based, in part, onto expand our ability to acquirebusiness through acquisition of additional schools and have them certified by the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs. Our expansion plansPrograms must take into account the approval requirements of the DOE and the relevant state education agencies and accrediting commissions.

17

Change of Control.   In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change of control. The DOE, most state education agencies and our accrediting commissions have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but these standards are not uniform. DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution's parent corporation. For a publicly traded corporation, DOE regulations provide that a change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if a person acquires ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing the change of control or (b) if the corporation has a shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation, and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder.  These standards are subject to interpretation by the DOE.   A significant purchase or disposition of our common stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard.

Most of the states and our accrediting commissions include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control although some agencies could determine that the sale or disposition of a smaller interest would result in a change of control. A change of control under the definition of one of these agencies would require the affected school to reaffirm its state authorization or accreditation. Some agencies would require approval prior to a sale or disposition that would result in a change of control in order to maintain authorization or accreditation.  The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and our accrediting commissions vary widely.

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which ourthe Company or our schools are involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors of the Company or a subsidiary that owns one of our institutions are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change of control also could discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.
15


Opening Additional Schools and Adding Educational Programs.    For-profit educational institutions must be authorized by their state education agencies and be fully operational for two years before applying to the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish an additional location and apply to participate in Title IV Programs at that location without reference to the two-year requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other applicable DOE eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to open new schools as additional locations of our existing institutions and take into account the DOE's approval requirements.

A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational program offered by an institution participating in Title IV Programs. Generally, unless otherwise required by the DOE, an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational program without DOE approval if that new program leads to an associate’s level or higher degree and the institution already offers programs at that level, or if that program prepares students for gainful employment in the same or a related occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated as an eligible program at that institution and meets minimum length requirements. Institutions that are provisionally certified may be required to obtain approval of certain educational programs. Two of our institutions (Edison(Iselin and Indianapolis) are provisionally certified and required to obtain prior DOE approval of new degree, non-degree, and short-term training educational programs.  Under the new gainful employment regulations that took effect on July 1, 2015, institutions that are provisionally certified or that areOur Iselin institution also is subject to other requirements, including, but not limited to, for example, receiving Title IV funds under the cash monitoring or reimbursement methods, may be required to obtain approval of all new educational programs.  Each of our institutions is required to disburse Title IV funds under the HCM1 payment method and, therefore, may be required to obtain the DOE’s prior approval before addingrequirements for substantive changes such as new campuses and educational programs as a new educational program.result of its accrediting agency’s loss of DOE recognition, and the DOE has indicated that such changes only will be approved in limited circumstances.  If an institution erroneously determines that an educational program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the institution would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students in that educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to add new educational programs at our existing schools.

Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting commission also have requirements that may affect our schools' ability to open a new campus, establish an additional location of an existing institution or begin offering a new educational program. Any institution required to submit retention or placement data to the ACICS may be required to obtain prior permission from the ACICS for the initiation of any new program. We do not believe that these standards will create significant obstacles to our expansion plans.

Administrative Capability.    The DOE assesses the administrative capability of each institution that participates in Title IV Programs under a series of separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. These criteria require, among other things, that the institution:

·complyComply with all applicable federal student financial aid requirements;
·haveHave capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student Title IV Programs;
·administerAdminister Title IV Programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls over financial reporting;
18

·divideDivide the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering Title IV Program funds so that no office has the responsibility for both functions;
·establishEstablish and maintain records required under the Title IV Program regulations;
·developDevelop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepancies in information from sources regarding a student’s application for financial aid under the Title IV;IV Program;
·haveHave acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;
·referRefer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee, third party servicer or other agent of the school has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs;
·notNot be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;
·provideProvide adequate financial aid counseling to its students;
·submitSubmit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the Title IV Program regulations; and
·notNot otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

Failure by an institutionus to satisfy any of these or other administrative capability criteria could cause the institutionour institutions to be subject to sanctions or other actions by the DOE or to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, which would have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

Ability to Benefit Regulations.   Under certain circumstances, an institution is permitted to admit non-high school graduates, or "ability to benefit," students, into certain of its programs of study and allow those students to receive Title IV Program funds to the extent eligible. In order for ability to benefit students to be eligible for Title IV Program participation, the institution must comply with the ability to benefit requirements set forth in the Title IV Program requirements. Changes to the HEA eliminated federal student aid eligibility, with certain exceptions, for students who first enroll on or after July 1, 2012 and who do not have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate.  These changes to the HEA resulted in a substantial decrease in enrollments at our institutions.
16

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The DOE’s regulations established twelve “safe harbors” identifying types of compensation that could be paid without violating the incentive compensation rule.  On October 29, 2010, the DOE adopted final rules that took effect on July 1, 2011 and amended the incentive compensation rule by, among other things, eliminating the twelve safe harbors (thereby reducing the scope of permissible compensatory payments under the rule) and expanding the scope of compensatory payments and employees subject to the rule.  The DOE has stated that it does not intend to provide private guidance regarding particular compensation structures in the future and will enforce the regulations as written.  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the revised incentive compensation rule.  The implementation of the final regulations required us to change our compensation practices and has had and will continue to have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs, on the retention of our employees and on our business and results of operations.

Eligibility and Certification Procedures.    Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs. The institution must also apply for recertification when it undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. The institution also may come under DOE review when it undergoes a substantive change that requires the submission of an application, such as opening an additional location or raising the highest academic credential it offers.

The DOE typically provides provisional certification to an institution following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control and also may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons, including, but not limited to, noncompliance with certain standards of administrative capability and financial responsibility.  Two of our seven institutions (Edison and Indianapolis) are provisionally certified based on the existence of pending program reviews with DOE.  An institution that is provisionally certified receives fewer due process rights than those received by other institutions in the event the DOE takes certain adverse actions against the institution, is required to obtain prior DOE approvals of new campuses and educational programs, and may be subject to heightened scrutiny by the DOE.  However, provisional certification does not otherwise limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds.

All institutions are recertified on various dates for various amounts of time.  The following table sets forth the expiration dates for each of our institutions' current Title IV Program participation agreements:

Institution
Expiration Date of Current
Program Participation
Agreement
Columbia, MDSeptember 30, 2017
Edison, NJ
September 30, 20161
Indianapolis, IN
September 30, 20161
New Britain, CT
June 30, 20161
Southington, CTJune 30, 2017
Fern Park, FLJune 30, 2017
Hartford, CTSeptember 30, 2017
1Provisionally certified.

Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.    Our schools are subject to audits, program reviews, and site visits, and other reviews by various federal and state regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, the DOE, the DOE's Office of Inspector General, state education agencies and other state regulators, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and other federal agencies, and by our accrediting commissions. In addition, each of our institutions must retain an independent certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the institution's administration of Title IV Program funds. The institution must submit the resulting audit report to the DOE for review.

By letter dated February 9, 2015, ABHES notified our school in Fern Park, Florida that ABHES had deferred action on the school’s application for a continued grant of accreditation and directed the school to show cause why its accreditation should not be withdrawn.  ABHES is the institutional accreditor for the Fern Park school.  The February 9, 2015 correspondence from ABHES identified two findings of alleged noncompliance with certain ABHES accreditation requirements related to financial standards and program outcomes.  On February 27, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Fern Park, Florida school, which is scheduled to close in the first quarter of 2016 following the completion of a teach-out of currently enrolled students.  We notified ABHES of the planned teach-out and, in response, at its August 2015 meeting, ABHES extended the accreditation of the institution through March 31, 2016.
17

By letter dated February 29, 2016, ACICS notified our Center City school in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania that ACICS had placed the school on compliance warning based on its placement rates and that ACICS would review the school’s student achievement rates following submission of its 2016 Campus Accountability Report, which is expected to be submitted to ACICS by the fourth quarter of 2016.  ACICS is the institutional accreditor for the Center City school.  ACICS stated that it is obligated to take adverse action against an institution if it fails to come into compliance with its accreditation criteria.  The school is required to submit to ACICS documentation requested in the letter by March 25, 2016.  The school plans to submit the required documentation by the required dates.

On January 2, 2013, the DOE notified our New Britain, Connecticut, campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on January 28, 2013.  The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV Programs for the 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 award years.  The Program Review concluded on January 31, 2013.  On April 22, 2013, the DOE issued a Program Review Report that required our New Britain campus to respond to information requests made in such report.  Our New Britain campus responded to the Program Review Report in correspondence delivered to the DOE on July 18, 2013.   On September 29, 2014, the DOE issued a Final Program Review Determination (“FPRD”) that closed the review, identified liabilities resulting from the DOE’s review, and also noted some issues that required our New Britain campus to provide further responses to the DOE.  On July 18, 2013, our New Britain campus responded to the DOE’s request and is currently waiting for the DOE’s response. The liabilities calculated in the FPRD resulted in a payment of $102.75 to the DOE.

On January 7, 2013, the DOE notified our Columbia, Maryland campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on March 4, 2013. The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV Programs in which the campus participated for the 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 award years.  On June 29, 2015, the DOE issued a Program Review Report that required our Columbia campus to respond to information in the report.  Our Columbia campus responded toOn August 2, 2017, the Program Review Report on September 11, 2015, and awaits theDOE issued its Final Program Review Determination Letter(“FPRD”) letter to be issuedour Columbia, Maryland, school that included the DOE’s review of our initial response and corrective actions for the five findings originally noted in the June 29, 2015, program review report.  The DOE concluded in its FPRD letter that the school had taken the corrective actions necessary to resolve and close the first four findings.  However, with respect to the fifth finding, the DOE concluded that there were violations of the Clery Act, but accepted the school’s response and stated that it now considers the finding closed for program review purposes.  However, the DOE reserved the right to impose an administrative action and/or require additional corrective actions by the DOE.school in connection with the Clery Act finding in the report.  The DOE did not impose any financial liabilities in regard to any of the five findings in the FPRD letter.

On April 26, 2013, the DOE notified our Union, New Jersey campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on May 20, 2013. The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV Programs in which the campus participated for the 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 award years.  TheOn September 30, 2016, the Union, New Jersey campus has not yet received thea Program Review Report from the DOE.  On September 29, 2017, the DOE issued its FPRD that closed the review and indicated that the DOE had determined the Company’s financial liability to the DOE resulting from the FPRD to be $175, which has been paid by the Company to the DOE.

On July 6, 2017, the DOE notified our Indianapolis, Indiana campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on August 14, 2017. The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV Programs in which the campus participated for the 2015-2016 and 2016-2017 award years.  On February 21, 2018, the Indianapolis school received a Program Review Report from the DOE and the review was closed with no findings. The school continues to be provisionally certified due to this program review.

19

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting or state licensing requirements, such school and its main and/or branch campuses could be subject to the loss of state licensure or accreditation, which in turn could result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. If the DOE or another agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or DOE regulations, the institution could be required to repay such funds and related costs to the DOE and lenders, and could be assessed an administrative fine. The DOE could also place the institution on provisional certification status and/or transfer the institution to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of receiving Title IV Program funds, under which an institution must disburse its own funds to students and document the students' eligibility for Title IV Program funds before receiving such funds from the DOE.  An institution that is operating under this "Heightened Cash Monitoring, Type 1 status," is required to credit student accounts before drawing down funds under Title IV Programs and to draw down funds in an amount no greater than the previous disbursement to students and parents. Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance. Additionally, under DOE financial responsibility regulations, an institution operating under the Zone Alternative as a result of its composite score is required to provide the DOE with timely information regarding any of the following oversight and financial events:
·Any adverse action, including a probation or similar action, taken against the institution by its accrediting agency;
·Any event that causes the institution, or related entity to realize any liability that was noted as a contingent liability in the institution's or related entity's most recent audited financial statements;
·Any violation by the institution of any loan agreement;
·Any failure of the institution to make a payment in accordance with its debt obligations that results in a creditor filing suit to recover funds under those obligations;
·Any withdrawal of owner's equity from the institution by any means, including by declaring a dividend; or
·Any extraordinary losses, as defined under Accounting Standards Codification 220-20.

Operating under the “zone requirements” may also require the institution to submit its financial statement and compliance audits earlier than the date previously required and require the institution to provide DOE with information about its current operations and future plans. An institution that continues to fail to meet the financial responsibility standards set by the DOE or does not comply with the zone requirements may lose its eligibility to continue to participate in Title IV Program funding.See “Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”

Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by the Company or any of our institutions could be the basis for the DOE to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the affected institution in Title IV Programs or to seek civil or criminal penalties. Generally, such a termination of Title IV Program eligibility extends for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation. There is no DOE proceeding pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions' participation in Title IV Programs.

We and our schools are also subject to claims and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by federal and state regulatory agencies and our accrediting bodies, but also by third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to successfully resolve or defend against any such claim or lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or defend against any such claim or lawsuit, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources in order to reach such a result.
 
1820

Item 1A.
RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors described below and other information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K are among the numerous risked faced by our Company and should be carefully considered before deciding to invest in, sell or retain shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

Our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for participation in Title IV Programs and school operations could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external financial aid funding, which could affect our revenues and impose significant operating restrictions on us.

Our industry is highly regulated and our schools are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and by accrediting commissions. In particular, the HEA and DOE regulations specify extensive criteria and numerous standards that an institution must satisfy to establish to participate in the Title IV Programs.

For a description of these criteria, see “Regulatory Environment.”

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE's requirements for Title IV Programs funding, one or more of our institutions, including its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding.  A decrease in Title IV funding, which could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 80%78% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2015, which would2017, and have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  Furthermore, if any of our schools fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the school and its related main campus and/or additional locations could be subject to, among other things, the loss of state licensure or accreditation, the loss of eligibility to participate in and receive funds under the Title IV Programs, the loss of the ability to grant degrees, diplomas and certificates, provisional certification, or the imposition of liabilities or monetary penalties, eachany of which could adversely affect our revenues and impose significant operating restrictions upon us. In addition, the loss by any of our schools of its accreditation, its state authorization or license, or its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs constituteswould constitute an event of default under our credit agreement with our lender.  An event of default under our credit agreementlender, which could result in the acceleration of all amounts then outstanding with respect to our outstanding loan obligations.  The various regulatory agencies applicable to our business periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements and restrictions. We cannot predict with certainty how any of these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply with these requirements or any additional requirements instituted in the future.

If we fail to demonstrate "administrative capability" to the DOE, our business could suffer.

DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite "administrative capability" to participate in Title IV Programs. For a description of these criteria, see “Regulatory Environment – Administrative Capability.”

Other standards provide that an institution may be found to lack administrative capability and be placed on provisional certification if its student loan default rate under the FFEL and FDL program is 30% or greater for at least two of the three most recent federal fiscal years for which the DOE has issued three-year rates.

If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any other DOE regulation, the DOE may, among other things:

·Require the repayment of Title IV funds;
·Impose a less favorable payment system for the institution's receipt of Title IV funds;
·Place the institution on provisional certification status;
·Revoke or deny an institution’s eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs; or
·Commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE's "administrative capability" requirements, or otherwise failed to comply with one or more DOE requirements, one or more of our institutions, including its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding.  A loss or decrease in Title IV funding could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 80%78% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2015,2017, which would have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.
 
Congress and the DOE may make changes to the laws and regulations applicable to, or reduce funding for, Title IV Programs, which could reduce our student population, revenues or profit margin.

Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV programs.  Congress periodically revises the HEA and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the ability of our schools or students to receive funding through those programs could result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit margin. In addition, Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Congress can also make changes in the laws affecting Title IV Programs in the annual appropriations bills and in other laws it enacts. Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our schools or students to participate in Title IV Programs could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues. Congressional action may also increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV Program requirements.

We cannot predict what if any legislative or other actions will be taken or proposed by Congress in connection with the reauthorization of the HEA or with other activities of Congress.  AnySee “Regulatory Environment – Congressional Action.”  Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the Title IV programs, any action by Congress or the DOE that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through those Programs or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could result in increasedreduce our student enrollment and our revenues, and could increase our administrative costs and decreased profit margin.require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV program requirements.  In addition, current requirements for student or school participation in Title IV Programs may change or one or more of the present Title IV Programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different student or school eligibility requirements.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be revised, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.
 
The Appropriations Act21 has had and could continue to have an adverse effect on our business.

The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012 (Public Law 112-74) (the “Appropriations Act”) has significantly impacted the federal student aid programs authorized under Title IV of HEA.
Ability-to-Benefit — The Appropriations Act also eliminated federal student aid eligibility for all students without a “certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate.”  The Appropriations Act makes an exception for students who have completed a secondary school education in a home school setting that is treated as a home school or private school under state law. Therefore, students who do not have a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent (e.g., a GED), or do not meet the home school requirements, and who first enroll in a program of study are not eligible to receive Title IV student aid.

The DOE has changed its regulations, and may make other changes in the future, in a manner which could require us to incur additional costs in connection with our administration of the Title IV Programs, affect our ability to remain eligible to participate in the Title IV Programs, impose restrictions on our participation in the Title IV Programs, affect the rate at which students enroll in our programs, or otherwise have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

In October 2014, the DOE issued final regulations on gainful employment requiring each educational program to achieve threshold rates in two debt measure categories related to an annual debt to annual earnings ratio and an annual debt to discretionary income ratio. The various formulas are calculated under complex methodologies and definitions outlined in the final regulations and, in some cases, are based on data that may not be readily accessible to institutions, such as income information compiled by the Social Security Administration. The regulations outline various scenarios under which programs could lose Title IV Program eligibility for failure to achieve threshold rates in one or more measures over certain periods of time ranging from two to four years. The regulations also require an institution to provide warnings to students in programs which may lose Title IV Program eligibility at the end of an award year. The final regulations also contain other provisions that, among other things, include disclosure, reporting, new program approval, and certification requirements.  The certification requirements will require each institution to certify to the DOE that each gainful employment program is programmatically accredited, if such accreditation is required by a Federal governmental entity or by governmental entity in the state in which the institution is physically located.See “Regulatory Environment – Gainful Employment.”
 
The final regulations have a general effective date of July 1, 2015. The DOE has stated that it plans to issue the first rates calculated under the new regulations in draft later in 2016 and in final in late 2016 or early 2017.  We cannot predict with certainty the rates for our programs or the extent to which our programs may be adversely impacted by the rates.  The implementation of new gainful employment regulations could require us to eliminate certain educational programs, could result in the loss of our students’ access to Title IV Program funds for the affected programs, and could have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.
The DOE publishedannounced its intent to convene a negotiated rulemaking committee to develop proposed regulations in 2014 on other topics, including regulations related to adverse credit for borrowers of PLUS loans and related to certain campus safety and security requirements.revise the gainful employment regulations. The DOE also considered during negotiated rulemaking sessionshas not established a final schedule for publication of proposed or final regulations. Any regulations published in 2014,final form by November 1, 2018 typically would take effect in July 1, 2019, but we cannot provide any assurances as to the timing or content of any such regulations.

On June 30, 2017, the DOE announced the extension of the compliance date for certain gainful employment disclosure requirements from July 1, 2017 to July 1, 2018. The DOE stated that institutions are still required to comply with other gainful employment disclosure requirements by July 1, 2017. On August 18, 2017, the DOE announced in the Federal Register new deadlines for submitting notices of intent to file alternate earnings appeals of gainful employment rates and for submitting alternate earnings appeals of those rates. The deadline to file a notice of intent to file an appeal was October 6, 2017 and the deadline to file the alternate earnings appeal was February 1, 2018. The DOE has not announced a delay or suspension in the enforcement of any other gainful employment regulations. However, on August 8, 2017, DOE officials announced that the DOE did not publish, regulations on other topics including clockhave a timetable for the issuance of completer lists to credit hour conversionschools, which is the first step toward generating the data for programs offered in credit hours that do not transfer into degree programs and are subject to the federal conversion formula for determining credit hours; state authorization for programs offered through distance education or correspondence education; and state authorization for foreign locations of institutions located in a state.

On October 30, 2015,calculating new gainful employment rates. Consequently, we cannot predict when the DOE publishedwill begin the process of calculating and issuing new regulations related to cash management includingdraft or final gainful employment rates in the marketing of financial accounts to students andfuture. We also cannot predict whether the requirements related to holding and paying student credit balances, the measurementannouncement of the lengthintent to initiate gainful employment rulemaking or the extension of certain educational programs,gainful employment deadlines may result in the enrollment statusDOE delaying the issuance of students retaking coursework, andnew draft or final gainful employment rates in the appealing or challenging of cohort default rates.  The regulations have a general effective date of July 1, 2016, although some of the regulations provide for a later implementation date.future.

In January 2016, the DOE began negotiated rulemaking to develop proposed regulations regarding a borrower’s ability to allege acts or omissions by an institution as a defense to the repayment of certain Title IV loans and the consequences to the borrower, the DOE, and the institution.  See “Regulatory Environment – Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.”  On November 1, 2016, the DOE published in the Federal Register the final version of these regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2017 and which, among other things, include rules for:

·establishing new processes, and updating existing processes, for enabling borrowers to obtain from the DOE a discharge of some or all of their federal student loans based on circumstances such as certain acts or omissions of the institution and for the DOE to impose and collect liabilities against the institution following the loan discharges;
·establishing expanded standards of financial responsibility (see “Financial Responsibility Standards”);
·requiring institutions to make disclosures to current and prospective students regarding the existence of certain of the circumstances identified in the expanded standards of financial responsibility;
·calculating a loan repayment rate for each proprietary institution under standards established by the regulations and requiring institutions to provide warnings to current and prospective students if the institution has a loan repayment rate below specified thresholds;
·prohibiting certain contractual provisions imposed by or on behalf of schools on students regarding arbitration, dispute resolution, and participation in class actions; and
·expanding the existing definition of misrepresentations that could result in grounds for discharge of student loans and in liabilities and sanctions against the institution, including, without limitation, potential loss of Title IV eligibility.

On January 19, 2017, the DOE issued new regulations that update the Department’s hearing procedures for actions to establish liability against an institution and to establish procedural rules governing recovery proceedings under the DOE’s borrower defense to repayment regulations.
The DOE stated priorhas delayed the effective date of a majority of these regulations until July 1, 2019 to beginningensure that there is adequate time to conduct negotiated rulemaking and, as necessary, develop revised regulations. The DOE intends to issue proposed regulations for public comment during the first half of 2018, but the DOE has not established a final schedule. Any regulations published in final form by November 1, 2018 typically would take effect on July 1, 2019, but we cannot provide any assurances as to the timing or content of any such regulations or whether and when the DOE might end the delay in the effective date of the previously published regulations.
We cannot predict how the DOE would interpret and enforce the new borrower defense to repayment rules if they take effect after the delay or how these rules, or any rules that may arise out of the negotiated rulemaking that it  intended to develop proposed regulations to address (1) the procedures to be used for a borrower to establish a defense to repayment; (2) the criteria that the DOE will use to identify the acts or omissions of an institution that constitute a defenses to repayment, including the creation of a federal standard; (3) the standards and procedures that the DOE will use to determine the liability of the institution for amounts based on borrower defenses; (4) the effect of borrower defenses on institutional administrative capability assessments; and (5) other loan discharges. The negotiated rulemaking meetings are expected to conclude in March 2016.
Any new regulations typically would be subject to a notice and comment period prior to the publication of final regulations. We cannot predict the ultimate content of any new regulations that may emerge from the negotiated rulemaking process in 2016, or any other regulations therules that DOE may propose and implementpromulgate on this or other topics, may impact our schools’ participation in the future, orTitle IV programs; however, the potential impact of such regulations on us or our institutions. The implementation of any new regulations by the DOErules could have a significant impactmaterial adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on ourschools’ business and results of operations.operations, and the broad sweep of the rules may, in the future, require our schools to submit a letter of credit based on expanded standards of financial responsibility as indicated above.

If we or our eligible institutions do not meet the financial responsibility standards prescribed by the DOE, we may be required to post letters of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs could be terminated or limited, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV Programs.  The DOE published new regulations, currently delayed until July 1, 2019, that establish expanded standards of financial responsibility that could result in a requirement that we submit to the DOE a substantial letter of credit or other form of financial protection in an amount determined by the DOE, and be subject to other conditions and requirements, based on any one of an extensive list of triggering circumstances.  See “Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  Any obligation to post one or more letters of credit would increase our costs of regulatory compliance.  Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or limitations on, or termination of, our participation in Title IV Programs could limit our students' access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

Each year, based on the financial information submitted by an eligible institution that participates in Title IV Programs, the DOE calculates three financial ratios for the institution: an equity ratio, a primary reserve ratio and a net income ratio. Each of these ratios is scored separately and then combined into a composite score to measure the institution's financial responsibility. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.”  Under DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the title IV programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which we are required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (HCM1) payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV funds received by our institutions during the most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, we are permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the HCM2 and reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance. This may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.
If an institution's composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility.  If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its financial responsibility on an alternative basis by, among other things:
·
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution's most recently completed fiscal year;
·
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of such prior year's Title IV Program funds, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE's standard advance funding arrangement; and/or
The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis.  We have submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2014 and 2013 fiscal years reflecting a composite score of 1.3 and 1.4, respectively, based upon our calculations.  We chose the “Zone Alternative” option described above because, among other things, it does not require us to submit a letter of credit to the DOE and because the HCM1 payment method is less burdensome than the HCM2 or reimbursement methods of payment that the DOE has the authority to impose. As of this date, we have not identified any impact on our ability to make disbursements of Title IV funds to our students or to receive funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.
For the 2015 fiscal year, we have calculated our composite score to be 1.9.  This number is subject to determination by the DOE once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements for the 2015 fiscal year.  If the DOE determines that our composite score is 1.5 or higher, our composite would be high enough for our institutions to be deemed financially responsible and could result in the DOE no longer requiring us to comply with the Zone Alternative requirements to use the HCM1 payment method.  If the DOE determined that our composite score for the 2015 fiscal year was below 1.5, the DOE regulations generally permit institutions with a composite score of between 1.0 and 1.4 to participate under the Zone Alternative for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  If our composite score drops below 1.0 in a given year or if our composite score remains between 1.0 and 1.4 for three or more consecutive years, we may be required to meet alternative requirements for continuing to participate in Title IV programs by submitting a letter of credit, complying with monitoring requirements, disbursing Title IV funds under the HCM1, HCM2, or reimbursement payment methods, and complying with other requirements and conditions.
 
We are subject to fines and other sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. See “Regulatory Environment -- Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.”  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the incentive compensation rule.  The implementation of these regulations has required us to change our compensation practices and has had and may continue to have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.  If we are found to have violated this law, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the DOE or we could face litigation filed under the qui tam provisions of the Federal False Claims Act.

If our schools do not maintain their state authorizations and their accreditation, they may not participate in Title IV Programs, which could adversely affect our student population and revenues.
An institution that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be authorized by the appropriate education agency of the state in which it is located and, in some cases, other states. Requirements for authorization vary substantially among states. Each school must be authorized by each state in which it is physically located in order for its students to be eligible for funding under Title IV Programs. Loss of state authorization by any of our schools from the education agency of the state in which the school is located would end that school's eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school.
If any of our schools fail to comply with state licensing requirements, they are subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If any one of our schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the school is located, that school and its related main campus and/or additional locations would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, be unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close that school. If one of our schools lost its state authorization from a state other than the state in which the school is located, the school would not be able to recruit students or operate in that state.
 
Additionally, a school alsoAn institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE in order to participate in Title IV Programs.  Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative reviewOur Iselin school and its branch campuses are accredited by an organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of the institution, including achieving and maintaining stringent retention, completion and placement outcomes. Certain states require institutions to maintain accreditation as a condition of continued authorization to grant degrees. The HEA requires accrediting commissionscommission that is no longer recognized by the DOE, and therefore, must obtain accreditation from a new accrediting commission by June 12, 2018 in order to reviewcontinue participating in Title IV Programs and monitor many aspects of an institution's operations andis subject to take appropriate disciplinary action whenadditional conditions imposed by the institution failsDOE prior to comply withthat date.  As discussed under the accrediting agency's standards. See “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation.Accreditation,we have applied to another accrediting agency, ACCSC, for accreditation of our Iselin school and its branch campuses.  If oneour Iselin school and its campuses are unable to obtain initial accreditation from ACCSC by June 12, 2018, then our Iselin school and its branch campuses would lose Title IV Program eligibility as of that date.  If any of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation. Loss of accreditation by any of our main campuses would result in the termination of eligibility of that school and all of its branch campuses to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school and its branches, which could have a significant adverse impact on our business and operations. Our school in Fern Park, Florida received a letter from ABHES in February 2015 directing the school to show cause why its accreditation should not be withdrawn.  See “Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”  On February 27, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Fern Park, Florida school which is scheduled to close in the first quarter of 2016 following the completion of a teach-out of currently enrolled students.  We notified ABHES of the planned teach-out and, in response, at its August 2015 meeting, ABHES extended the accreditation of the institution through March 31, 2016.
Programmatic accreditation is the process through which specific programs are reviewed and approved by industry- and program-specific accrediting entities. Although programmatic accreditation is not generally necessary for Title IV eligibility, such accreditation may be required to allow students to sit for certain licensure exams or to work in a particular profession or career or to meet other requirements.    Failure to obtain or maintain such programmatic accreditation may lead to a decline in enrollments in such programs.  Moreover, under new gainful employment regulations issued by the DOE, institutions are required to certify that they have programmatic accreditation under certain circumstances.  See “—Regulatory“Regulatory Environment – DOE Development of New Regulations.Gainful Employment.”  Failure to comply with these new requirements could impact the Title IV eligibility of educational programs that are required to maintain such programmatic accreditation.
 
Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs exceeds 90%, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

Under the HEA reauthorization, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If an institution violated theSee “Regulatory Environment – 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.
We have calculated that, for our 2015 fiscal year, our existing institutions' 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 77% to 85%.  We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the maximum percentage of its revenues from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.  Our calculations are subject to review by the DOE.
Rule.” If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if their former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which the institution's current and former students default on their federal student loans exceed specified percentages.  The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults. The DOE calculates an institution's cohort default rate (as defined by the DOE regulations) on an annual federal fiscal year basis as the rate at which borrowers scheduled to begin repayment on their loans in the federal fiscal year default on those loans during the federal fiscal year or the subsequent two federal fiscal years.
See “Regulatory Environment – Student Loan Defaults.”  If former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which could decrease our student populationstudents enroll in our programs and revenues.on our business and results of operations.  .

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV Program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and decrease our profit margin.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been credited to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or may be otherwise sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. Based upon the findings of an annual Title IV Program compliance audit of our Columbia, Maryland and Iselin, New Jersey institutions, the Company submitted letters of credit in the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million to the DOE.  We are required to maintain those letters of credit in place for a minimum of two years. See “Regulatory Environment – Return of Title IV Program Funds.”
 
Regulatory agencies or third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against us. If the results of these reviews or claims are unfavorable to us, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies and third parties. If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against third-party lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations on the operations of our business, loss of federal and state funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a third-party lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or claims.  Certain of our institutions are subject to ongoing reviews and proceedings.  See “Regulatory Environment – State Authorization,” “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation,” and “Regulatory Environment - Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”

A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in post-secondary institutions, or in our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our future growth.

Enrollment in post-secondary institutions over the next ten years is expected to be slower than in the prior ten years.  In addition, the number of high school graduates eligible to enroll in post-secondary institutions is expected to fall before resuming a growth pattern for the foreseeable future. In order to increase our current growth rates in degree granting programs, we will need to attract a larger percentage of students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected, as a result of any regional or national economic downturn or otherwise, fewer students may seek the types of diploma or degree granting programs that we offer or seek to offer. Our failure to attract new students, or the decisions by prospective students to seek diploma or degree programs in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on our future growth.

Our business could be adversely impacted by additional legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending because students attending our schools rely on private student loans to pay tuition and other institutional charges.

The U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, has exercised supervisory authority over private education loan providers.  The CFPB has been active in conducting investigations into the private student loan market and issuing several reports with findings that are critical of the private student loan market.  The CFPB has initiated investigations into the lending practices of other institutions in the for-profit education sector.  The CFPB has issued procedures for further examination of private education loans and published requests for information regarding repayment plans and regarding arrangements between schools and financial institutions. On August 31, 2017, the DOE informed CFPB that it was terminating an information sharing Memorandum of Understanding between the two agencies, in part because the CFPB was acting on student complaints rather than referring them to the DOE for action.  The DOE asserted full oversight responsibility for federal student loans, but not with respect to private loans.  In late November 2017, new leadership at the CFPB began taking steps to end or pause certain investigations and to restrict or reconsider some its enforcement activities.  However, it is unclear the extent to which the CFPB will continue to exercise oversight authority over private education loan providers.

We cannot predict whether any of this activity, or other activities, will result in Congress, the DOE, the CFPB or other regulators adopting new legislation or regulations, or conducting new investigations, into the private student loan market or into the loans received by our students to attend our institutions.  Any new legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending could limit the availability of private student loans to our students, which could have a significant impact on our business and operations.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

If we are unable to sell our Healthcare and Other Professions segment, our cash flows and operations could be adversely affected.

For the last several years, the Company and the proprietary school sector have faced deteriorating earnings. Government regulations have negatively impacted earnings by making it more difficult for prospective students to obtain loans, which, when coupled with the overall economic environment, have hindered prospective students from enrolling in post-secondary schools. In light of these factors, the Company has incurred significant operating losses as a result of a lower student population. To fund the Company’s business plans and improve cash flow by aligning cost structure to our lower student population, the Company intends to divest our Healthcare and Other Professions segment.  If we are unable to sell our Healthcare and Other Professions segment, our cash flows and operations could be adversely affected.

Failure on our part to establish and operate additional schools or campuses or effectively identify suitable expansion opportunities could reduce our ability to implement our growth strategy.

As part of our business strategy, we anticipate opening and operating new schools or campuses. Establishing new schools or campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make investments in management and capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses and devote financial and other resources that are different, and in some cases greater than those required with respect to the operation of acquired schools.  We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify suitable expansion opportunities or that we will be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new schools or campuses. A failure by us to effectively identify suitable expansion opportunities and to establish and manage the operations of newly established schools or online offerings could make any newly established schools or our online programs unprofitable or more costly to operate than we had planned.

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs in a cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.

Prospective employers of our graduates increasingly demand that their entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills. These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, information technology, and skilled trades. Accordingly, educational programs at our schools must keep pace with those technological advancements. The expansion of our existing programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by our students, prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as our competitors or as quickly as employers demand. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, our placement rates could suffer and our revenues could be adversely affected.

In addition, if we are unable to adequately anticipate the requirements of the employers we serve, we may offer programs that do not teach skills useful to prospective employers or students seeking a technical or career-oriented education which could affect our placement rates and our ability to attract and retain students, causing our revenues to be adversely affected.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our success has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers who generally have significant experience within the post-secondary education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school directors, administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry "key man" life insurance on any of our employees. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business efficiently and to execute our growth strategy.

If we are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our employees responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire new employees dedicated to student recruitment and retain and continue to develop and train our current student recruitment personnel. Our ability to develop a strong student recruiting team may be affected by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and motivate our student recruiters; our ability to effectively train our student recruiters; the length of time it takes new student recruiters to become productive; regulatory restrictions on the method of compensating student recruiters; the competition in hiring and retaining student recruiters; and our ability to effectively manage a multi-location educational organization. If we are unable to hire, develop or retain our student recruiters, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.
Competition could decrease our market share and cause us to lower our tuition rates.

The post-secondary education market is highly competitive. Our schools compete for students and faculty with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and other proprietary schools, many of which have greater financial resources than we do. Some traditional public and private colleges and universities, as well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial resources not available to for-profit schools. Some of our competitors also have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have which may, among other things, allow our competitors to secure strategic relationships with some or all of our existing strategic partners or develop other high profile strategic relationships, or devote more resources to expanding their programs and their school network, or provide greater financing alternatives to their students, all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs. In addition, some of our competitors have a larger network of schools and campuses than we do, enabling them to recruit students more effectively from a wider geographic area. If we are unable to compete effectively with these institutions for students, our student enrollment and revenues will be adversely affected.

We may be required to reduce tuition or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, revenues and operating margin may be decreased. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures we face will not adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We may experience business interruptions resulting from natural disasters, inclement weather, transit disruptions, or other events in one or more of the geographic areas in which we operate.
25


We may experience business interruptions resulting from natural disasters, inclement weather, transit disruptions, or other events in one or more of the geographic areas in which we operate. These events could cause us to close schools temporarily or permanently and could affect student recruiting opportunities in those locations, causing enrollment and revenues to decline.

Our financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school.

The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school is critical to the continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce our enrollments and impair our ability to increase our revenues or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:

·Student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;
·Diminished access to high school student populations;
·Our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; and
·Our inability to maintain relationships with employers in the automotive, diesel, skilled trades and IT services industries.

If students fail to pay the outstanding balance of their educational expenses, our profitability will be adversely affected.

We offer a variety of payment plans to help students pay the portion of their education expense not covered by financial aid programs. These balances are unsecured and not guaranteed.  Although we have reserved for estimated losses related to unpaid student educational expenses, losses in excess of the amounts we have reserved for bad debts will result in a reduction in our profitability.

An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.

InterestOur students and their families have benefitted from historic lows on student loan interest rates have reached historical lows in recent years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for our students.years.  Much of the financing our students receive is tied to floating interest rates. Recently, however, student loan interest rates have been edging higher, making borrowing for education more expensive.  Increases in interest rates result in a corresponding increase in the cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their education, which could result in a reduction in the number of students attending our schools and could adversely affect our results of operations and revenues. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students' repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for Title IV Program participation or the willingness of private lenders to make private loan programs available to students who attend our schools, which could result in a reduction in our student population.

Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our results of operations fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollment, graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our first and second quarters and we have experienced large class starts in the third and fourth quarters and student attrition in the first half of the year. Our second half growth is largely dependent on a successful recruiting season. Our expenses, however, do not vary significantly over the course of the year with changes in our student population and net revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations in results of operations to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a result of acquisitions, new school openings, new program introductions and increased enrollments of adult students. These fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Our total assets include substantial intangible assets. In the event that our schools do not achieve satisfactory operating results, we may be required to write-off of a significant portion of unamortized intangible assets which would negatively affect our results of operations.

Our total assets reflect substantial intangible assets. At December 31, 2015, goodwill and identified intangibles, net, associated with our acquisitions decreased to approximately 6.9% from 10.9% of total assets at December 31, 2014.  On at least an annual basis, we assess whether there has been an impairment in the value of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives. If the carrying value of the tested asset exceeds its estimated fair value, impairment is deemed to have occurred.  In this event, the amount is written down to fair value.  Under current accounting rules, this would result in a charge to operating earnings. Any determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of goodwill or unamortized identified intangible assets would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization, which could be material.

We cannot predict our future capital needs, and if we are unable to secure additional financing when needed, our operations and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund acquisitions, working capital requirements, expand our markets and program offerings or respond to competitive pressures or perceived opportunities. We cannot be sure that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all particularly during times of uncertainty in the financial markets similar to that which is currently being experienced. If adequate funds are not available when required or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to forego attractive acquisition opportunities, cease our operations and, even if we are able to continue our operations, our ability to increase student enrollment and revenues would be adversely affected.

Our schools' failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations governing our activities could result in financial penalties and other costs which could adversely impact our results of operations.

We use hazardous materials at some of our schools and generate small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our schools are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties which could adversely impact our results of operations.

Approximately 50% of our schools are concentrated in the states of New Jersey, New York, Connecticut and Pennsylvania and a change in the general economic or regulatory conditions in these states could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our revenues.

As of December 31, 2015, we operated 14 campuses in 11 states from continuing operations. Seven of those schools are located in the states of New Jersey, New York, Connecticut and Pennsylvania. As a result of this geographic concentration, any material change in general economic conditions in New Jersey, New York, Connecticut or Pennsylvania could reduce our student enrollment in our schools located in these states and thereby reduce our revenues. In addition, the legislatures in the states of New Jersey, New York, Connecticut and/or Pennsylvania could change the laws in those states or adopt regulations regarding private, for-profit post-secondary coeducation institutions which could place additional burdens on us. If we were unable to comply with any such new legislation, we could be prohibited from operating in those jurisdictions, which could reduce our revenues.

A substantial decrease in student financing options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our students, could have a significant impact on our student population, revenues and financial results.

The consumer credit markets in the United States have recently suffered from increases in default rates and foreclosures on mortgages.  Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans could result in providers of alternative loans reducing the attractiveness and/or decreasing the availability of alternative loans to post-secondary students, including students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative loans. Prospective students may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in post-secondary education programs. Private lenders could also require that we pay them new or increased fees in order to provide alternative loans to prospective students. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our students’ ability to finance their education could be adversely affected and our student population could decrease, which could have a significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In addition, any actions by the U.S. Congress or by states that significantly reduce funding for Title IV Programs or other student financial assistance programs, or the ability of our students to participate in these programs, or establish different or more stringent requirements for our schools to participate in those programs, could have a significant impact on our student population, results of operations and cash flows.

Our total assets include substantial intangible assets. In the event that our schools do not achieve satisfactory operating results, we may be required to write-off a significant portion of unamortized intangible assets which would negatively affect our results of operations.

Our total assets reflect substantial intangible assets. At December 31, 2017, goodwill and identified intangibles, net, associated with our acquisitions increased to approximately 9.4% from 8.9% of total assets at December 31, 2016.  On at least an annual basis, we assess whether there has been an impairment in the value of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives. If the carrying value of the tested asset exceeds its estimated fair value, impairment is deemed to have occurred.  In this event, the amount is written down to fair value.  Under current accounting rules, this would result in a charge to operating earnings. Any determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of goodwill or unamortized identified intangible assets would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization, which could be material.
 
2826

We cannot predict our future capital needs, and if we are unable to secure additional financing when needed, our operations and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund acquisitions, working capital requirements, expand our markets and program offerings or respond to competitive pressures or perceived opportunities. We cannot be sure that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all.   If adequate funds are not available when required or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to forego attractive acquisition opportunities, cease our operations and, even if we are able to continue our operations, our ability to increase student enrollment and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our success has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers who generally have significant experience within the post-secondary education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school directors, administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry "key man" life insurance on any of our employees. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business efficiently and to execute our growth strategy.

Strikes by our employees may disrupt our ability to hold classes as well as our ability to attract and retain students, which could materially adversely affect our operations.  In addition, we contribute to multiemployer benefit plans that could result in liabilities to us if these plans are terminated or we withdraw from them.

As of December 31, 2017, the teaching professionals at six of our campuses are represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 2018 and 2020.  Although we believe that we have good relationships with these unions and with our employees, any strikes or work stoppages by our employees could adversely impact our relationships with our students, hinder our ability to conduct business and increase costs.

We also contribute to multiemployer pension plans for some employees covered by collective bargaining agreements.  These plans are not administered by us, and contributions are determined in accordance with provisions of negotiated labor contracts.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon employers who are contributors to a multiemployer plan in the event of the employer’s withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plan.  We do not routinely review information on the net assets and actuarial present value of the multiemployer pension plans’ unfunded vested benefits allocable to us, if any, and we are not presently aware of any material amounts for which we may be contingently liable if we were to withdraw from any of these plans.  In addition, if any of these multiemployer plans enters “critical status” under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, we could be required to make significant additional contributions to those plans.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and New Jersey law could discourage a change of control that our stockholders may favor, which could negatively affect our stock price.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of us even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For example, applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of five years after the person becomes an interested stockholder. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

·authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;
·prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;
·require super-majority voting to effect amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;
·limit who may call special meetings of both the board of directors and stockholders;
·prohibit stockholder action by non-unanimous written consent and otherwise require all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders;
·establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholders' meetings; and
·require that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office.

We can issue shares of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could adversely affect the rights of common stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of our preferred stock and to issue such stock without approval from our stockholders. The rights of holders of our common stock may suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a change in control of our Company, depriving common stockholders of an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the prevailing market price.

The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future.

Our stock price has declined substantially over the past five years and has and may fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are not in our control.  These factors include:

·general economic conditions;
·general conditions in the for-profit, post-secondary education industry;
·negative media coverage of the for-profit, post-secondary education industry;
·failure of certain of our schools or programs to maintain compliance under the gainful employment regulation, 90-10 Rule or with financial responsibility standards;
·the impact of DOE rulemaking and other changes in the highly regulated environment in which we operate;
·the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews and regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations;
·loss of key personnel;
·quarterly variations in our operating results;
·our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of investors and analysts, or the extent of analyst coverage of us; and
·decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in our common stock.

In addition, the trading volume of our common stock is relatively low.  This may cause our stock price to react more to these factors and various other factors and may impact an investor’s ability to sell our common stock at the desired time at a price considered satisfactory.  Any of these factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent an investor from selling shares of our common stock at or above the price at which the investor purchased them.

System disruptions to our technology infrastructure could impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage the reputation of our institutions.

The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. We license the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online platform and our student information system from third-party software providers. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our students.students or result in delays and/or errors in processing student financial aid and related disbursements.  Any such system disruptions could impact our ability to generate revenue and affect our ability to access information about our students and could also damage the reputation of our institutions.Any of the cyber-attacks, breaches or other disruptions or damage described above could interrupt our operations, result in theft of our and our students’ data or result in legal claims and proceedings, liability and penalties under privacy laws and increased cost for security and remediation, each of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.  We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against system errors, failures or disruptions or to repair problems caused by any actual errors, disruptions or failures.

We are subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations due to our collection and use of personal information, and any violations of those laws or regulations, or any breach, theft or loss of that information, could adversely affect our reputation and operations.

Our efforts to attract and enroll students result in us collecting, using and keepingstoring substantial amounts of personal information regarding applicants, our students, their families and alumni, including social security numbers and financial data. We also maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our activities. Our services, the services of many of our health plan and benefit plan vendors, and other information can be accessed globally through the Internet. We rely extensively on our network of interconnected applications and databases for day to day operations as well as financial reporting and the processing of financial transactions. Our computer networks and those of our vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our student may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, inadvertent access or display, theft or misuse, hackers, computercyber-attacks and breaches, acts of vandalism, ransomware, software viruses or third parties in connection with hardware and software upgrades and changes. Such unauthorized access, misuse, theft or hacks could evade our intrusion detection and prevention precautions without alerting us to the breach or loss for some periodother similar types of time or may never be detected. malicious activities.
Regular patching of our computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and prevention software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware and viruses or “zero-day” viruses, prior to their infecting our systems and potentially disrupting our data integrity, taking sensitive information or affecting financial transactions. While we utilize security and business controls to limit access to and use of personal information, any breach of student or employee privacy or errors in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties. A wide range of high profile data breaches in 2014recent years has led to renewed interest in federal data and cybersecurity legislation that could increase our costs and/or require changes in our operating procedures or systems. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us or our vendors, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.
 
2928

Changes in U.S. tax laws or adverse outcomes from examination of our tax returns could have an adverse effect upon our financial results.

We are subject to income tax requirements in various jurisdictions in the United States. Legislation or other changes in the tax laws of the jurisdictions where we do business could increase our liability and adversely affect our after-tax profitability. In the United States, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017, could have a significant impact on our effective tax rate, net deferred tax assets and cash tax expenses. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, among other things, reduces the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate, repeals the corporate alternative minimum tax, changes how existing corporate alternative minimum tax credits can be realized either to offset regular tax liability or to be refunded, and eliminates or limits deduction of several expenses which were previously deductible. We are currently evaluating the overall impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on our effective tax rate and balance sheet, but expect that the impact may be significant for our fiscal year 2018 and future periods.

In addition, we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and the taxing authorities of various states.  We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from tax examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes and we have accrued tax and related interest for potential adjustments to tax liabilities for prior years.  However, there can be no assurance that the outcomes from these tax examinations will not have a material effect, either positive or negative, on our business, financial conditions and results of operation.

ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.
 
3029

ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2015,2017, we leased all of our facilities, except for our campuses in West Palm Beach, Florida, Nashville, Tennessee, Grand Prairie, Texas, and Denver, Colorado, and former school properties in Mangonia Park, Palm Beach County, Florida and Suffield, Connecticut, all of which we own.  Four of our facilities (Union, New Jersey; Allentown, Pennsylvania; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and one of our facilities in Grand Prairie, Texas) were also accounted for by us under a finance lease obligation that remains in effect until December 31, 2026, the terms of which were amended on January 20, 2016.  We continue to re-evaluate our facilities to maximize our facility utilization and efficiency and to allow us to introduce new programs and attract more students. As of December 31, 2015,2017, all of our existing leases expire between December 2018 and May 2016 and October 2032.  The Company signed a new lease that begins on June 1, 2016 to move our Edison, New Jersey campus to Iselin, New Jersey which has an approximate square footage of 32,000.2030.

On December 3, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at our Hartford, Connecticut school, which is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.  The terminated lease agreement was replaced with a short-term lease agreement in order to allow students currently enrolled at the school to complete their course of study.

On February 27, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Fern Park, Florida school, which is scheduled to close in the first quarter of 2016.  The terminated lease agreement will expire on April 10, 2016 in order to allow students currently enrolled at the school to complete their course of study.
The following table provides information relating to our facilities as of December 31, 2015,2017, including our corporate office:

Location Brand  Approximate Square Footage
Henderson, Nevada Euphoria Institute 18,000
Las Vegas, Nevada Euphoria Institute 19,000
Southington, Connecticut Lincoln College of New England 113,000
Columbia, Maryland Lincoln College of Technology 110,000
Denver, Colorado Lincoln College of Technology 212,000
Grand Prairie, Texas Lincoln College of Technology 146,000
Indianapolis, Indiana Lincoln College of Technology 189,000
Marietta, Georgia Lincoln College of Technology 30,000
Melrose Park, Illinois Lincoln College of Technology 88,000
West Palm Beach, Florida Lincoln College of Technology 117,000
Hartford, ConnecticutLincoln Technical Institute367,00027,000
Allentown, Pennsylvania Lincoln Technical Institute 26,000
Brockton, MassachusettsLincoln Technical Institute22,000
East Windsor, Connecticut Lincoln Technical Institute 289,000
Edison,Iselin, New Jersey Lincoln Technical Institute 64,000
Fern Park, FloridaLincoln Technical Institute46,00032,000
Lincoln, Rhode Island Lincoln Technical Institute 59,000
Lowell, MassachusettsLincoln Technical Institute21,00039,000
Mahwah, New Jersey Lincoln Technical Institute 79,000
Moorestown, New Jersey Lincoln Technical Institute 35,000
New Britain, Connecticut Lincoln Technical Institute 35,000
Northeast Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaLincoln Technical Institute25,000
Paramus, New Jersey Lincoln Technical Institute 30,000
Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaLincoln Technical Institute36,000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Lincoln Technical Institute 29,000
Queens, New York Lincoln Technical Institute 48,000
Shelton, Connecticut Lincoln Technical Institute and Lincoln Culinary Institute 47,000
Somerville, Massachusetts Lincoln Technical Institute 33,000
South Plainfield, New Jersey Lincoln Technical Institute 60,000
Union, New Jersey Lincoln Technical Institute 56,000
Nashville, Tennessee Lincoln College of Technology 281,000
West Orange, New Jersey Corporate Office 52,000
Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania Corporate Office 6,000
Suffield, Connecticut   132,000

We believe that our facilities are suitable for their present intended purposes.
 
3130

ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On November 21, 2012, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to its investigation of whether the Company and certain of its academic institutions have complied with certain Massachusetts state consumer protection laws.  On July 29, 2013 and January 17, 2014, the Company received additional Civil Investigative Demands, pursuant to which the Attorney General requested from the Company and certain of its academic institutions in Massachusetts documents and detailed information for the time period from January 1, 2008 to the present.

On July 13, 2015, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts filed a complaint against the Company in the Suffolk County Superior Court alleging certain violations of the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act since at least 2010 and continuing through 2013.  At the same time, the Company agreed to the entry of a Final Judgment by Consent in order to avoid the time, burden, and expense of contesting such liability.  As part of the Final Judgment by Consent, the Company denied all allegations of wrongdoing and any liability for the claims asserted in the complaint.  The Company, however, paid the sum of $850,000 to the Attorney General and has agreed to forgive $165,000 of debt consisting of unpaid balances owed to the Company by certain graduates in the sole discretion of the Massachusetts Attorney General, which were previously accrued for at December 31, 2014.  The Final Judgment by Consent also included certain requirements for calculation of job placement rates in Massachusetts and imposed certain disclosure obligations that are consistent with the regulations that have been previously enacted by the Massachusetts Attorney General’s Office.

On December 15, 2015, we received an administrative subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Maryland. Pursuant to the subpoena, Maryland’s Attorney General has requested from the Company documents and detailed information relating to its Columbia, Maryland campus.  The Company has responded to this request and intends to continue cooperating with the Maryland Attorney General’s Office.


ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for our Common Stock
Our common stock, no par value per share, is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LINC”.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share for our common stock, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market, for the periods indicated and the cash dividends per share declared on our common stock:

 Price Range of Common Stock     Price Range of Common Stock    
 High  Low  Dividend  High  Low  Dividend 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015         
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017         
First Quarter $3.10  $2.08  $-  $2.92  $1.86  $- 
Second Quarter $2.71  $1.93  $-  $3.53  $2.74  $- 
Third Quarter $1.93  $0.20  $-  $3.36  $2.50  $- 
Fourth Quarter $2.40  $0.53  $-  $2.56  $2.00  $- 
                        
 Price Range of Common Stock      Price Range of Common Stock     
 High  Low  Dividend  High  Low  Dividend 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014            
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016            
First Quarter $5.27  $3.63  $0.07  $3.05  $1.92  $- 
Second Quarter $4.49  $3.56  $0.07  $2.49  $1.37  $- 
Third Quarter $4.57  $2.21  $0.02  $2.58  $1.37  $- 
Fourth Quarter $3.66  $2.42  $0.02  $2.20  $1.58  $- 

On March 8, 2016,5, 2018, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $2.77$1.83 per share.  As of March 8, 2016,5, 2018, based on the information provided by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, there were 2932 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

On February 27, 2015, our Board of Directors discontinued the quarterly cash dividend.

Share Repurchases

The Company did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.2017.
 
3331

Stock Performance Graph

This stock performance graph compares our total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock duringfor the period fromfive years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 20152017 with the cumulative return on the Russell 2000 Index and a Peer Issuer Group Index. The peer issuer group consists of the companies identified below, which were selected on the basis of the similar nature of their business. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 20102012 and any dividends were reinvested on the date on which they were paid.

The information provided under the heading "Stock Performance Graph" shall not be considered "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing.


Companies in the Peer Group include Apollo Group, Inc., Career Education Corp., DeVry,Adtalem Global Education Inc., ITT Educational Services, Inc., Strayer Education, Inc., Bridgepoint Education, Inc., Apollo Education Group, Inc., Grand Canyon University, Inc. and Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
 
3432

Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
We have various equity compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance. Information regarding these securities as of December 31, 20152017 is as follows:

Plan Category 
Number of
Securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
  
Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
  
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
  
Number of
Securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
  
Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
  
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
 
 (a)  (b)  (c)  (a)       
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  246,167  $12.52   1,192,270   167,667  $12.11   2,186,206 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  -   -   -   -   -   - 
Total  246,167  $12.52   1,192,270   167,667  $12.11   2,186,206 

3533

ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. You should read these data together with Item 7 - "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 20152017 and historical consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 20152017 and 20142016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 20122014 and 20112013 and historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 20112013 have been derived from our consolidated financial information not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 2015  2014  2013  2012  2011  2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 
 (In thousands, except per share amounts)  (In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Statement of Operations Data, Year Ended December 31:                              
Revenue $193,220  $202,889  $215,596  $233,727  $271,281  $261,853  $285,559  $306,102  $325,022  $341,512 
Cost and expenses:                                        
Educational services and facilities  92,165   100,335   102,489   107,063   116,789   129,413   144,426   151,647   164,352   169,049 
Selling, general and administrative  98,319   110,901   116,841   127,124   144,531   138,779   148,447   151,797   168,441   175,978 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets  1,742   (57)  (282)  (71)  (1)
(Gain) loss on sale of assets  (1,623)  233   1,738   (58)  (501)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  216   3,201   -   8,268   311   -   21,367   216   40,836   3,908 
Total costs and expenses  192,442   214,380   219,048   242,384   261,630   266,569   314,473   305,398   373,571   348,434 
Operating income (loss)  778   (11,491)  (3,452)  (8,657)  9,651 
Operating (loss) income  (4,716)  (28,914)  704   (48,549)  (6,922)
Other:                                        
Interest income  52   62   37   2   11   56   155   52   153   37 
Interest expense  (7,438)  (5,169)  (4,267)  (4,078)  (3,978)  (7,098)  (6,131)  (8,015)  (5,613)  (4,667)
Other income  4,142   297   18   14   18   -   6,786   4,151   297   18 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes  (2,466)  (16,301)  (7,664)  (12,719)  5,702 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)  242   (1,479)  19,591   (2,602)  3,254 
(Loss) income from continuing operations  (2,708)  (14,822)  (27,255)  (10,117)  2,448 
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  (642)  (41,311)  (24,031)  (27,069)  15,092 
Net (loss) income $(3,350) $(56,133) $(51,286) $(37,186) $17,540 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes  (11,758)  (28,104)  (3,108)  (53,712)  (11,534)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes  (274)  200   242   (4,225)  19,591 
Loss from continuing operations  (11,484)  (28,304)  (3,350)  (49,487)  (31,125)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  -   -   -   (6,646)  (20,161)
Net loss $(11,484) $(28,304) $(3,350) $(56,133) $(51,286)
Basic                                        
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations $(0.12) $(0.65) $(1.21) $(0.46) $0.11 
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations  (0.02)  (1.81)  (1.07)  (1.22)  0.69 
Net (loss) income per share $(0.14) $(2.46) $(2.28) $(1.68) $0.80 
Loss per share from continuing operations $(0.48) $(1.21) $(0.14) $(2.17) $(1.38)
Loss per share from discontinued operations  -   -   -   (0.29)  (0.90)
Net loss per share $(0.48) $(1.21) $(0.14) $(2.46) $(2.28)
Diluted                                        
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations $(0.12) $(0.65) $(1.21) $(0.46) $0.11 
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations  (0.02)  (1.81)  (1.07)  (1.22)  0.68 
Net (loss) income per share $(0.14) $(2.46) $(2.28) $(1.68) $0.79 
Loss per share from continuing operations $(0.48) $(1.21) $(0.14) $(2.17) $(1.38)
Loss per share from discontinued operations  -   -   -   (0.29)  (0.90)
Net loss per share $(0.48) $(1.21) $(0.14) $(2.46) $(2.28)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                                        
Basic  23,167   22,814   22,513   22,195   22,020   23,906   23,453   23,167   22,814   22,513 
Diluted  23,167   22,814   22,513   22,195   22,155   23,906   23,453   23,167   22,814   22,513 
Other Data:                                        
Capital expenditures $2,218  $7,472  $6,538  $8,839  $38,119  $4,755  $3,596  $2,218  $7,472  $6,538 
Depreciation and amortization from continuing operations  11,920   15,303   16,553   17,673   18,783   8,702   11,066   14,506   19,201   21,808 
Number of campuses  31   31   33   33   34   23   28   31   31   33 
Average student population from continuing operations (2)  7,553   8,132   8,479   9,103   10,927   10,772   11,864   12,981   14,010   14,804 
Cash dividend declared per common share $-  $0.18  $0.28  $0.28  $0.07  $-  $-  $-  $0.18  $0.28 
Balance Sheet Data, At December 31:                                        
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $61,041  $42,299  $67,386  $61,708  $26,524  $54,554  $47,715  $61,041  $42,299  $67,386 
Working capital (deficit) (3)  33,818   29,585   47,041   40,939   1,540 
Working (deficit) capital (1)  (2,766)  (1,733)  33,818   29,585   47,041 
Total assets  210,279   213,707   305,949   346,774   362,251   155,213   163,207   210,279   213,707   305,949 
Total debt (4)(2)  58,224   65,181   90,116   73,527   36,508   52,593   41,957   58,224   65,181   90,116 
Total stockholders' equity  80,997   83,010   145,196   198,477   239,025   45,813   54,926   80,997   83,010   145,196 
All amounts have been restated to give effect to discontinuedthe HOPS segments which has been reclassified to continuing operations in 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

(1)           Provision (benefit) for income taxes includes a valuation allowance from continuing operations of $43.9 million, $46.7 million and $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2)Average student population includes diploma and above students and excludes short certificate programs.

(3)Working (deficit) capital (deficit) is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

(4)(2)           Total debt consists of long-term debt including current portion, capital leases, auto loans and a finance obligation of $9.7 million for each of the years in the five-yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2015 incurred in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction as further described in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.transaction.
 
3734

ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with the “Selected Financial Data,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

GENERAL

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  In the first quarter of 2015, we reorganized our operations into three reportable segments:  (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions, and (c) Transitional which refers to business that are currently being phased out.  In November, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan for the Company to divest 17 of 18 of the schools included in its Healthcare and Other Professions business segment.  Implementation of the plan would result in the Company’s operations focused solely on the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.  Then, in December, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations of the remaining school in this segment in Hartford, Connecticut school which is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.  This divestiture marks a shift in our business strategy will enable us to focus energy and resources predominantly on Transportation and Skilled Trades though some other programs will continue to be available at some campuses.  The results of operations of the 17 campuses slated for divestiture are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company, which currently operates 3123 schools in 1514 states, across the United States and offeroffers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant, medical administrative assistant and pharmacy technician, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and business and information technology (which includes information technology and criminal justice programs).  OurThe schools operate under the Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln College of New England, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of ourthe campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of ourthe campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. OurThe Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of ourthe campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

Our business is organized into three reportable business segments:  (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to businesses that have been or are currently being taught out.  In November 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan for the Company to divest the 18 campuses then comprising the HOPS segment due to a strategic shift in the Company’s business strategy.  The Company underwent an exhaustive process to divest the HOPS schools which proved successful in attracting various purchasers but, ultimately, did not result in a transaction that our Board believed would enhance shareholder value. By the end of 2017, we had strategically closed seven underperforming campuses leaving a total of 11 campuses remaining under the HOPS segment.   The Company believes that the closures of the aforementioned campuses has positioned the HOPS segment and the Company to be more profitable going forward as well as maximizing returns for the Company’s shareholders.

The combination of several factors, including the inability of a prospective buyer of the HOPS segment to close on the purchase, the improvements the Company has implemented in the HOPS segment operations, the closure of seven underperforming campuses and the change in the United States government administration, resulted in the Board reevaluating its divestiture plan and the determination that shareholder value would more likely be enhanced by continuing to operate our HOPS segment as revitalized.  Consequently, the Board of Directors has abandoned the plan to divest the HOPS segment and the Company now intends to retain and continue to operate the remaining campuses in the HOPS segment.  The results of operations of the campuses included in the HOPS segment are reflected as continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements.

In 2016, the Company completed the teach-out of its Hartford, Connecticut, Fern Park, Florida and Henderson (Green Valley), Nevada campuses, which originally operated in the HOPS segment.  In 2017, the Company completed the teach-out of its Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Center City Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; West Palm Beach, Florida; Brockton, Massachusetts; and Lowell, Massachusetts schools, which also were originally in our HOPS segment and all of which were taught out and closed by December 2017 and are included in the Transitional segment as of December 31, 2017.
On August 14, 2017, New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, consummated the sale of the real property located at 2400 and 2410 Metrocentre Boulevard East, West Palm Beach, Florida, including the improvements and other personal property located thereon (the “West Palm Beach Property”) to Tambone Companies, LLC (“Tambone”), pursuant to a previously disclosed purchase and sale agreement (the “West Palm Sale Agreement”) entered into on March 14, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the West Palm Sale Agreement, as subsequently amended, the purchase price for the West Palm Beach Property was $15.8 million. As a result, the Company recorded a gain on the sale in the amount of $1.5 million. As previously disclosed, the West Palm Beach Property served as collateral for a short term loan in the principal amount of $8.0 million obtained by the Company from its lender, Sterling National Bank, on April 28, 2017, which loan matured upon the earlier of the sale of the West Palm Beach Property or October 1, 2017. Accordingly, on August 14, 2017, concurrently with the consummation of the sale of the West Palm Beach Property, the Company repaid the term loan in an aggregate amount of $8.0 million, consisting of principal and accrued interest.
On March 31, 2017, the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility with Sterling National Bank in the aggregate principal amount of up to $55 million, which consists of up to $50 million of revolving loans, including a $10 million sublimit for letters of credit, and an additional $5 million non-revolving loan.  The proceeds of the $5 million non-revolving loan were held in a pledged account at Sterling National Bank as required by the terms of the new credit facility pending the completion of environmental studies undertaken at certain properties owned by the Company and mortgaged to Sterling National Bank.  Upon the completion of environmental studies that revealed that no environmental issues existed at the properties, during the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the $5 million held in the pledged account at Sterling National Bank was released and used to repay the $5 million non-revolving loan.  The credit facility was amended on November 29, 2017, to provide the Company with an additional $15 million revolving credit loan, resulting in an increase in the aggregate availability under the credit facility to $65 million.  The credit facility was again amended on February 23, 2018, to, among other things, effect certain modifications to the financial covenants and other provisions of the credit facility and to allow the Company to pursue the sale of certain real property assets.  The new credit facility requires that revolving loans in excess of $25 million and all letters of credit issued thereunder be cash collateralized dollar for dollar.  The new revolving credit facility replaces a term loan facility which was repaid and terminated concurrently with the effectiveness of the new revolving credit facility.  The final maturity date for the new revolving credit facility is May 31, 2020.  The new revolving credit facility is discussed in further detail under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below and in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, among other things, made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code which impacted 2017, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate, eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax and changing how existing corporate alternative minimum tax credits can be realized either to offset regular tax liability or to be refunded.   See additional information regarding the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2015,2017, we had 10,159 students enrolled 6,811 students at our 14 campuses included in continuing operations.23 campuses.

Our campuses, a majority of which serve major metropolitan markets, are located throughout the United States. Five of our campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. Our other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas. All of our schools are either nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs.

Our revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we offer.  Our revenues are reduced by scholarships granted to our students. We recognize revenues from tuition and one-time fees, such as application fees, ratably over the length of a program, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation. We also earn revenues from our bookstores, dormitories, cafeterias and contract training services. These non-tuition revenues are recognized upon delivery of goods or as services are performed and represent less than 10% of our revenues.

From both continuing and discontinued operations, ourOur revenues are directly dependent on the average number of students enrolled in our schools and the courses in which they are enrolled. Our average enrollment is impacted by the number of new students starting, re-entering, graduating and withdrawing from our schools. In addition, our diploma/certificate programs range from 2228 to 136 weeks, our associate’s degree programs range from 4858 to 208156 weeks, and our bachelor’s degree programs range from 104 to 208 weeks, and students attend classes for different amounts of time per week depending on the school and program in which they are enrolled. Because we start new students every month, our total student population changes monthly. The number of students enrolling or re-entering our programs each month is driven by the demand for our programs, the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising, the availability of financial aid and other sources of funding, the number of recent high school graduates, the job market and seasonality. Our retention and graduation rates are influenced by the quality and commitment of our teachers and student services personnel, the effectiveness of our programs, the placement rate and success of our graduates and the availability of financial aid. Although similar courses have comparable tuition rates, the tuition rates vary among our numerous programs.

The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The largest of these programs are Title IV Programs which represented approximately 80%78% and 79% of our revenue on a cash basis while approximately 20% wasthe remainder is primarily derived from state grants and cash payments made by students during 20152017 and 2014.2016, respectively.  The HEAHigher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “HEA”) requires institutions to use the cash basis of accounting when determining its compliance with the 90/10 rule.

We extend credit for tuition and fees to many of our students that attend our campuses. Our credit risk is mitigated through the student’sstudents’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV Program funds for those students. Under Title IV Programs, the government funds a certain portion of a student’s tuition, with the remainder, referred to as “the gap,” financed by the students themselves under private party loans, including credit extended by us. The gap amount has continued to increase over the last several years as we have raised tuition on average for the last several years by 2-3% per year and restructured certain programs to reduce the amount of financial aid available to students, while funds received from Title IV Programs increased at lower rates.

The additional financing that we are providing to students may expose us to greater credit risk and can impact our liquidity. However, we believe that these risks are somewhat mitigated due to the following:

·Our internal financing is provided to students only after all other funding resources have been exhausted; thus, by the time this funding is available, students have completed approximately two-thirds of their curriculum and are more likely to graduate;
·Funding for students who interrupt their education is typically covered by Title IV funds as long as they have been properly packaged for financial aid; and
·Creditworthy criteria to demonstrate a student’s ability to pay.

The operating expenses associated with an existing school do not increase or decrease proportionally as the number of students enrolled at the school increases or decreases. We categorize our operating expenses as:

·
Educational services and facilities.  Major components of educational services and facilities expenses include faculty compensation and benefits, expenses of books and tools, facility rent, maintenance, utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of education services and other costs directly associated with teaching our programs excluding student services which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

·
Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly associated with the provision of educational services (such as executive management and school management, finance and central accounting, legal, human resources and business development), marketing and student enrollment expenses (including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in sales and marketing and student admissions), costs to develop curriculum, costs of professional services, bad debt expense, rent for our corporate headquarters, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the provision of educational services and other costs that are incidental to our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes the cost of all student services including financial aid and career services.  All marketing and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

2015 Event

In November, 2015, the Board of Directors approved a plan to divest 17 of our 18 schools included in our Healthcare and Other Professions business segment and then, in December, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations of the remaining school in this segment located in Hartford, Connecticut which is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.  Divestiture of our Healthcare and other Professions segment marks a shift in our business strategy that will enable us to focus energy and resources predominantly on Transportation and Skilled Trades segment though some other programs will continue to be available at some campuses.  The results of operations of these 17 campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

In addition, as of September 30, 2015 we had two campuses held for sale.  With the approval of the plan to divest the Healthcare and Other Professions business segment, one of the campuses is no longer included as held for sale as the Company’s plans to sell this campus have changed.
The results of operations of these 17 campuses included in the Healthcare and Other Professions business segment were as follows (in thousands):

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Revenue $112,882  $122,133  $125,916 
             
Loss before income tax  (642)  (37,411)  (3,870)
Income tax benefit  -   (2,746)  - 
Net loss from discontinued operations $(642) $(34,665) $(3,870)

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $37.6 million and $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

2014 Event

In December, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a strategic plan to cease operations at five training sites in Florida.  We performed a cost benefit analysis on several schools and concluded that the five training sites, none of which accept Title IV Program payments, contained a high fixed cost component and, due to high competition, have had difficulty attracting enough students to maintain a stable profit margin. Accordingly, we ceased operations at these campuses as of December 31, 2014.  The results of operations of these five campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these five training sites for the two year periods ended December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2014  2013 
Revenue $2,140  $3,512 
         
Loss before income tax  (6,731)  (2,635)
Income tax benefit  (85)  - 
Net loss from discontinued operations $(6,646) $(2,635)
Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

2013 Event

In June, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at four campuses in Ohio and one campus in Kentucky consisting of our Dayton institution and its branch campuses.  Federal legislation implemented on July 1, 2012 that prohibits “ability to benefit” students from participating in federal student financial aid programs led to a dramatic decrease in the number of students attending these five campuses.  Accordingly, the Company ceased operations at these campuses as of December 31, 2013.  The results of operations of these campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these five campuses for the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follows (in thousands):

  
Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2013 
Revenue $7,724 
     
Loss before income tax  (17,287)
Income tax expense (benefit)  239 
Net loss from discontinued operations $(17,526)

Amount include impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussions of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes and certain accruals. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The critical accounting policies discussed herein are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not result in significant management judgment in the application of such principles. We believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to us in that they represent the primary areas where financial information is subject to the application of management's estimates, assumptions and judgment in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition.    Revenues are derived primarily from programs taught at our schools.  Tuition revenues, textbook sales and one-time fees, such as nonrefundable application fees and course material fees, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the applicable program as the student proceeds through the program, which is the period of time from a student’s start date through his or her graduation date, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation, and we complete the performance of teaching the student which entitles us to the revenue.  Other revenues, such as tool sales and contract training revenues are recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered. On an individual student basis, tuition earned in excess of cash received is recorded as accounts receivable, and cash received in excess of tuition earned is recorded as unearned tuition.

We evaluate whether collectability of revenue is reasonably assured prior to the student attending class and reassess collectability of tuition and fees when a student withdraws from a course.  We calculate the amount to be returned under Title IV and its stated refund policy to determine eligible charges and, if there is a balance due from the student after this calculation, we expect payment from the student and we have a process to pursue uncollected accounts whereby, based upon the student’s financial means and ability to pay, a payment plan is established with the student to ensure that collectability is reasonable.  We continuously monitor our historical collections to identify potential trends that may impact our determination that collectability of receivables for withdrawn students is realizable.  If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the period of time the student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of his or her withdrawal date. These refunds typically reduce deferred tuition revenue and cash on our consolidated balance sheets as we generally do not recognize tuition revenue in our consolidated statements of income (loss) until the related refund provisions have lapsed. Based on the application of our refund policies, we may be entitled to incremental revenue on the day the student withdraws from one of our schools. Prior to the year-ended December 31, 2015, we recorded this incremental revenue, any related student receivable and any estimate of the amount we did not expect to collect as bad debt expense during the quarter a student withdrew based on our analysis of the collectability of such amounts on an aggregate student portfolio basis, for which we had significant historical experience. Beginning in the three months ended December 31 2015, weWe record revenue for students who withdraw from one of our schools when payment is received because collectability on an individual student basis is not reasonably assured.  We determined incrementalOn January 1, 2018, we were required to adopt Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606.  The new guidance requires enhanced disclosures, including revenue recognizedrecognition policies to identify performance obligations to customers and significant judgements in measurement and recognition.  See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for students who withdrew during the nine-months ended September 30, 2015 to be an immaterial error which was corrected during the fourth quarter of 2015. This resulted in a reduction of net revenues by $0.3 million and bad debt expense by $0.2 million, which resulted in an increase to the loss from continuing operations of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, this correction reduced net student receivables from continuing operations by $0.1 million.  Prior year amounts, including quarterly financial results were not restated because the effects were not material.further discussion.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts.    Based upon experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. We use an internal group of collectors in our collection efforts. In establishing our allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student's status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be necessary, which will result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the period such determination is made.

Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 2014was 5.2%, 5.1% and 2013 was 4.8%, 5.5% and 4.6%4.4%, respectively. Our exposure to changes in our bad debt expense could impact our operations. A 1% increase in our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015 would have resulted in an increase in bad debt expense of $1.9$2.6 million, $2.0$2.9 million and $2.2$3.1 million, respectively.

We do not believe that there is any direct correlation between tuition increases, the credit we extend to students and our loan commitments.  Our loan commitments to our students are made on a student-by-student basis and are predominantly a function of the specific student’s financial condition.   We only extend credit to the extent there is a financing gap between the tuition and fees charged for the program and the amount of grants, loans and parental loans each student receives.  Each student’s funding requirements are unique.  Factors that determine the amount of aid available to a student include whether they are dependent or independent students, Pell grants awarded, Federal Direct loans awarded, Plus loans awarded to parents and the student’s personal resources and family contributions. As a result, it is extremely difficult to predict the number of students that will need us to extend credit to them. Our tuition increases have averaged 2-3% annually and have not meaningfully impacted overall funding requirements, since the amount of financial aid funding available to students in recent years has increased at greater rates than our tuition increases.
Because a substantial portion of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs or the ability of our students or schools to participate in Title IV Programs could have a material effect on the realizability of our receivables.

Goodwill.    We test our goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its fair value to its carrying value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

Goodwill represents a significant portion of our total assets. As of December 31, 2015,2017, goodwill was approximately $14.5 million, or 6.9%9.4%, of our total assets, which decreasedwas flat from approximately $22.2$14.5 million, or 10.4%8.9%, of our total assets at December 31, 2014.2016.

WeWhen we test our goodwill balances for impairment, usingwe estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a two-step approach.number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The first step is conducted utilizing the multiplefailure of earnings and discounted cash flow approach and comparing the carrying valueone of our reporting units to their implied fair value.  If necessary,achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the second step is conducted comparingnear term or long term may reduce the impliedestimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill forimpairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our reporting unitsimpairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the carrying amount of that goodwillrate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.
At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2015, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.  The fair valueAt December 31, 2016, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we had an impairment of our reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in our multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.$9.9 million.  We concluded that as of September 30, 2015 there was an indicator of potential impairment as a result of a decrease in market capitalization and, accordingly, we tested goodwill for impairment.  The test indicated that one of our reporting units was impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015.

At December 31, 2014, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.  The fair value of our reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in our multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.  We concluded that as of September 30, 2014 there was an indicator of potential impairment as a result of a decrease in market capitalization and, accordingly, we tested goodwill for impairment.  The test indicated that ten of our reporting units were impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $39.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 ($38.8 million of which is included in discontinued operations).

At December 31, 2013, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.  The fair value of our reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in our multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.  We concluded that, as of June 30, 2013, current period losses at two reporting units, which resulted in a deterioration of current and projected cash flows, was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, tested goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment.  The tests indicated that these two reporting units were impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $3.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 ($3.1 million of which is included in discontinued operations).

Stock-based compensation.    We currently account for stock-based employee compensation arrangements by using the Black-Scholes valuation model and utilize straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.  We make an estimate of expected forfeitures at the time options are granted.

We measure the value of service and performance-based restricted stock on the fair value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant. We amortize the fair value of service-based restricted stock utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

We amortize the fair value of the performance-based restricted stock based on determination of the probable outcome of the performance condition.  If the performance condition is expected to be met, then we amortize the fair value of the number of shares expected to vest utilizing the straight-line basis over the requisite performance period of the grant.  However, if the associated performance condition is not expected to be met, then we do not recognize the stock-based compensation expense.

Income taxes.    We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.
In accordance with ASC 740, we assess our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets we considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 20152017 and 2014, the2016, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positionspositions.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act establishes new tax laws that will take effect in 2018, including, but not limited to (1) reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21%; (2) elimination of the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT); (3) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (4) the repeal of the domestic production activity deduction; (5) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; and (6) limitations on net operating losses (NOLs) generated after December 31, 2017, to 80% of taxable income. In addition, certain changes were made to the bonus depreciation rules that will impact fiscal year 2017.

ASC 740 requires the effects of changes in tax laws to be recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. However, due to the complexity and significance of the Tax Act's provisions, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act.

At December 31, 2017, we have not completed our analysis of the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act; however, we have made a reasonable estimate of the effects of the Tax Act’s change in the federal rate and revalued our deferred tax assets based on the rates at which they are not significantexpected to reverse in the future, which is generally the new 21% federal corporate tax rate plus applicable state tax rate. Based on our resultsinitial analysis of operations or financial position.the impact, we consequently recorded a decrease related to deferred tax assets of $17.7 million. The expense is offset with a corresponding release of valuation allowance.
In addition, we released the valuation allowance against AMT credits deferred tax asset and recorded a deferred tax provision benefit of $0.4 million.

The Tax Act did not have a material impact on our financial statements because we are under a full valuation allowance and we do not have any significant offshore earnings from which to record the mandatory transition tax.

The Tax Act requires the Company to assess whether its valuation allowance analyses are affected by various aspects of the Tax Act. Since, as discussed herein, we have recorded provisional amounts related to certain portions of the Tax Act, any corresponding determination of the need for or change in a valuation allowance is also provisional.  The Company’s valuation allowance position did not change as a result of tax reform except for AMT credits which is discussed above and a reduction related to a change in the deferred tax rate.
Results of Continuing Operations for the Three Years Ended December 31, 20152017

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of continuing operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Revenue  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
Costs and expenses:                        
Educational services and facilities  47.7%  49.5%  47.5%  49.4%  50.6%  49.5%
Selling, general and administrative  50.9%  54.7%  54.2%  53.0%  52.0%  49.6%
Gain (loss) on sale of assets  0.9%  0.0%  -0.1%
(Gain) loss on sale of assets  -0.6%  0.1%  0.6%
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  0.1%  1.6%  0.0%  0.0%  7.5%  0.1%
Total costs and expenses  99.6%  105.8%  101.6%  101.8%  110.2%  99.8%
Operating income (loss)  0.4%  -5.8%  -1.6%
Operating (loss) income  -1.8%  -10.2%  0.2%
Interest expense, net  -1.7%  -2.3%  -1.9%  -2.7%  -2.0%  -2.6%
Loss from continuing opeartions before income taxes  -1.3%  -8.1%  -3.5%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes  0.1%  -0.8%  9.1%
Loss from continuing operations  -1.4%  -7.3%  -12.6%
Other income  0.0%  2.4%  1.4%
Loss from operations before income taxes  -4.5%  -9.8%  -1.0%
(Benefit) provision for income taxes  -0.1%  0.1%  0.1%
Net loss  -4.4%  -9.9%  -1.1%

Year Ended December 31, 20152017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 20142016

Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenue.   Revenue decreased by $9.7$23.7 million, or 4.8%8.3%, to $193.2$261.9 million for the year ended December 31, 20152017 from $202.9$285.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  2016.  The decrease was a resultin revenue is primarily attributable to the campuses in our Transitional segment, which have closed during 2017.  This segment accounted for approximately $22.1 million, or 93.1% of lower student population levels of approximately 100, or 1%, as we began 2015 coupled with fewer newthe revenue decline.

Total student starts of 759 which decreased by 10.8% to 8,018approximately 11,800 from 13,200 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 8,7772017 as compared to the prior year comparable period.  The suspension of new student starts for the Transitional segment accounted for approximately 92.5% of the decline.   The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment starts were slightly down 1.5% and the HOPS segment starts remained essentially flat at 4,200 for the year ended December 31, 2014.  These two factors led to a decline of 7.1% in average student population to approximately 7,600 students from 8,100 students in the comparable period of 2014.

Offsetting the revenue decline from lower student population was a 2.5% increase in average revenue per student due to improved student retention and a shift in program mix.

In addition, revenue was lower in 2015 due to higher scholarship recognition in comparison to 2014. Scholarships are recognized ratably over the term of the student’s program.  Scholarship discounts increased by $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 20152017 as compared to the prior2016 fiscal year.  While scholarships have negatively impacted revenue, we believe we provide more students with the opportunity to pursue their educational goals by assisting in their affordability challenge.

We continue to face several challenges in sustaining our student population levels including the impact DOE incentive compensation regulations have on compensation practices for our admissions representatives, a low national unemployment rate and increased competition from peers and community colleges.  We remain focused on our strategy to expand corporate training and form partnership relationships to increase student population.

For a general discussion of trends in our student enrollment, see “Seasonality and Outlook” below.

Educational services and facilities expense.   Our educational services and facilities expense decreased by $8.2$15.0 million, or 8.1%10.4%, to $92.2$129.4 million for the year ended December 31, 20152017 from $100.3$144.4 million in the prior year comparable period.  The decrease is mainly due to the Transitional segment, which accounted for approximately $13.9 million, or 92.4% of the decrease.  The remainder of the $1.2 million decrease was primarily due to a decrease in facilities expenses slightly offset by increased instructional expenses.   Facilities expense decreased due to a decline in depreciation expense of approximately $1.6 million due to fully depreciated assets.  Partially, offsetting the decreases are $0.6 million in increased books and tools costs resulting from the addition of laptops for an increasing number of program offerings in the HOPS segment.  Educational services and facilities expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 49.4% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 50.6% in the prior year comparable period.

Selling, general and administrative expense.  Our selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $9.7 million, or 6.5%, to $138.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $148.5 million in the prior year comparable period.  The decrease was primarily due to the Transitional segment, which accounted for approximately $13.6 million in cost reductions.  Partially offsetting the cost reductions are $2.8 million in additional sales and marketing expense and $1.2 million in increased administrative expense.
4340

The $2.8 million increase in sales and marketing expense reductions werewas the result of strategic marketing spending in an effort to expand our reach in the adult market.  The additional spending resulted in an increase in adult starts year over year.

Administrative expense increased primarily due to a $4.1$1.2 million increase in bad debt expense and $1.6 million in closed school expenses, offset by $1.3 million in reduced salaries and benefits expense.
The increase in closed school expenses related to the Hartford, Connecticut campus, which closed on December 31, 2016 and was included in the Transitional segment in 2016, but has an apartment lease for student dorms which ends in September 2019.
Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue was 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 5.1% for the same period in 2016.  The increase in bad debt expense was the result of higher student receivable accounts, primarily driven by lower scholarship recognition and a higher number of institutional loans.  During 2017, we made modifications to the institutional loan program which expanded the program’s eligibility base and lessened the student’s affordability challenge.  In addition, we experienced higher account write-offs and timing of Title IV funds receipts, which contributed to the increase in bad debt expense.

As of December 31, 2017, we had total outstanding loan commitments to our students of $51.9 million, as compared to $40.0 million at December 31, 2016.  The increase was due to a higher number of students packaged with institutional loans as a result of 2017 modifications to the program, which expanded the eligibility base and lessened the affordability obstacle.

Gain on sale of fixed assets.    Gain on sale of fixed assets increased by $1.8 million primarily due to the sale of two real properties located in West Palm Beach, Florida.  The sale occurred on August 14, 2017 and resulted in a gain of $1.5 million.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.  We tested our goodwill and long-lived assets and determined that as of December 31, 2017 no impairments existed.  The fair value of the Company’s reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in its multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach. At December 31, 2016, we tested our goodwill and long-lived assets and determined that there was sufficient evidence to conclude that an impairment existed, which resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of $21.4 million.

Net interest expense.    For the year ended December 31, 2017, our net interest expense increased by $1.1 million.  The increase was mainly attributable to a $2.2 million non-cash write-off of previously capitalized deferred financing fees; and a $1.8 million early termination fee.  These costs were incurred at March 31, 2017 when the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility with Sterling National Bank.  Partially offsetting these increases were reductions in interest expense resulting from lower debt outstanding in combination with more favorable terms under the current credit facility compared to the terms of a prior term loan facility provided to the Company by a former lender.

Income taxes.    Our benefit for income taxes was $0.3 million, or 7.4%2.3% of pretax loss, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to a provision for income taxes of $0.2 million, or 0.7% of pretax loss, in the prior year comparable period.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”).  The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, among other things, eliminates the corporate alternative minimum tax (the “AMT”) and changes how existing AMT credits can be realized either to offset regular tax liability or to be refunded.  As a result of this change, the Company released the valuation allowance against AMT credits deferred tax asset and recorded a deferred tax provision benefit of $0.4 million.  Offsetting this benefit was $0.1 million of income tax expense from various minimal state tax expenses.

At December 31, 2017, we have not completed our analysis of the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act; however, we have made a reasonable estimate of the effects of the Tax Act’s change in the federal rate and revalued our deferred tax assets based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally the new 21% federal corporate tax rate plus applicable state tax rate. Based on our initial analysis of the impact, we recorded a decrease related to deferred tax assets of $17.7 million. The expense is offset with a corresponding release of valuation allowance.
No other federal or state income tax benefit was recognized for the current period loss due to the recognition of a full valuation allowance.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Consolidated Results of Operations
Revenue.   Revenue decreased by $20.5 million, or 6.7%, to $285.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $306.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The decrease in revenue can mainly be attributed to the closure of campuses in our Transitional segment during 2016, which accounted for $11.8 million, or 57.3% of the total revenue decline, and a lower carry in population, which has been one of the main contributing factors to the declines in revenue over the past several years.  We started 2016 with approximately 1,400 fewer students than we had on January 1, 2015, which led to an 8.6% decline in average student population to approximately 11,900 as of December 31, 2016 from 13,000 in the comparable period of 2015.  Partially offsetting the revenue decline from lower student population was a 2.0% increase in average revenue per student mainly attributable to shifts in our program mix.

Student start results decreased by 6.0% to approximately 13,200 from 14,100 for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the prior year comparable period.  Excluding the Transitional segment, student starts were down 1.8%.  The decline in student starts was mainly a result of the underperformance of one campus.  Excluding this one campus and the Transitional segment, our starts for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have remained essentially flat as compared to 2015.

For a general discussion of trends in our student enrollment, see “Seasonality and Outlook” below.

Educational services and facilities expense.   Our educational services and facilities expense decreased by $7.2 million, or 4.8%, to $144.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 when compared to $151.6 million in the prior year comparable period.  The decrease is mainly due to the Transitional Segment which accounted for approximately $6.6 million, or 90.8% of the decrease year over year. Instructional expense decreased by $2.4 million or 3.8%, primarily resulting from a reduction in salaries and benefits expense of $1.9 million due to historically lower medical claims in 2016 and reductions in salaries expense resulting from the HOPS segment, which was classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2016.  Partially offsetting the decrease in instructional and books and tools expense. Instructional savingsexpense were a result of a reduction in the number of instructors and other related costs resulting from lower average student population.  The decreaseincreases in books and tools expense is also attributable to lower student starts.

Ourand facilities expenses decreasedexpense.  Books and tools increased by $4.1$1.6 million, or 9.1%12.1%, primarily due to lowerthe purchase of laptops provided to newly enrolled students in certain programs to enhance and expand the students overall learning experience.  Facilities expense increased by $0.2 million, primarily resulting from two main factors: a) decreased depreciation expense as a result of discontinued depreciation$1.8 million resulting from the suspension of depreciations expense in connection with two campusesfor the HOPS segment, which was classified as assets held for sale atfor the year ended December 31, 2014.  Prior long-lived asset impairment expenses2016; and lower capital expenditures also contributedb) increased rent expense of $1.6 million was the result of the transition of our finance obligation at four of our campuses to the decrease.operating leases which were previously included in interest expense.

Our educational expenses contain a high fixed cost component and are not as scalable as some of our other expenses.  As our student population decreases, we typically experience a reduction in average class size and, therefore, are not always able to align these expenses with the corresponding decrease in population.  Educational services and facilities expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreasedincreased to 47.7% for the year ended December 31, 201550.6% from 49.5% forin the prior year ended December 31, 2014.comparable period.

Selling, general and administrative expense.    Our selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $12.6$3.4 million, or 11.3%2.2%, to $98.3$148.4 million for the year ended December 31, 20152016 from $110.9$151.8 million in the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to our Transitional segment which accounted for approximately $2.0 million, or 60.8% of the decrease year ended December 31, 2014.over year.

Administrative expense was lowerexpenses decreased by $8.0 million, or 12.8%, after giving consideration to a $4.4 decrease in$1.2 primarily resulting from reduced salaries and benefit expensesbenefits expense, partially offset by increases in bad debt expense.  Student services expense decreased by $0.8 million primarily as a result of management restructuring designed to help align ourreduced salaries and benefits expense. Partially offsetting the cost structure.  Furthermore, salesreductions was an increase in marketing expense decreased by $3.3 million, or 14.1%.of $0.9 million.  The reductionincrease in salesmarketing expense was mainly attributablethe result of additional spending made in an effort to a reduction in the number of admissions representatives, dedicated to the destination schools being replaced with a centralized call center, thereby reducing travel costsreach more potential students, expand brand awareness, and salary expense.increase enrollments.

Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue was 4.8%5.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015,2016, compared to 5.5%4.4% for the same period in 2014.  The improvement in bad debt expense2015.  This increase was mainly the result of improvement in current collections and collections history.

Student servicesincurring additional bad debt expense also decreased by $1.3 million, or 13.1%, to $8.5 million as a result offrom increased reserves placed on our smaller student population.newly reclassified Transitional segment campuses.

As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expense decreasedincreased to 50.9%52.0% for the year ended December 31, 20152016 from 54.7% for49.6% in the comparable prior year ended December 31, 2014.period.

As of December 31, 2015,2016, we had total outstanding loan commitments to our students of $33.4$40.0 million, as compared to $34.1$33.4 million at December 31, 2014.2015.  Loan commitments, net of interest that would be due on the loans through maturity, were $30.0 million at December 31, 2016, as compared to $24.8 million at December 31, 2015, as compared to $24.1 million at December 31, 2014.2015.

Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets.    Loss on sale of assets increaseddecreased by $1.8$1.5 million primarily as a result of a one-timenon-cash charge in relation to two of our campuses that were previously classified as held for sale in 2014.  During 2015, the Company re-classed these campuses out of held for sale and booked catch-up depreciation in the amount of $2.0 million.  This was partially offset by a non-cash charge in relation to three of our campuses that were previously classified as held for sale in 2015.  During 2016, the Company re-classed these campuses out of held for sale and booked catch-up depreciation in the amount of approximately $0.4 million.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.    We tested our goodwill and long-lived assets as ofAt December 31, 20152016, we tested long-lived assets and determined that there is no goodwill impairment. The fair valuewas sufficient evidence to conclude that an impairment existed, which resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of the Company’s reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in its multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.$21.4 million.   As of September 30, 2015, we tested goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment and determined that one of the Company’s reporting units relating to goodwill was impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of $0.2 million.

As of September 30, 2014 we tested goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment and determined that ten of the Company’s reporting units were impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $39.0 million relating to goodwill ($38.8 million of which is included in discontinued operations).
42


Net interest expense.    OurFor the year ended December 31, 2016, our net interest expense increaseddecreased by $2.3 million due$2.0 million.  The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of the transition of our finance obligation at four of our campuses to operating leases coupled with the termination of the lease termination for our Fern Park, Florida facility, which was previously accounted for as a higher outstanding loan balance and financing feescapital lease.   Partially offsetting the reduction in interest expense associated with our newwas interest paid under the Company’s term loan agreement.facility entered into on July 31, 2015.

Income taxes.    Our provision for income taxes was $0.2 million, or 9.8%0.7% of pretax loss, for the year-endedyear ended December 31, 2015,2016, compared to a benefit for income taxes of $1.5$0.2 million, or 9.1%7.8% of pretax loss, in the same period in 2014.prior year comparable period. No federal or state income tax benefit was recognized for the current period loss due to the recognition of a full valuation allowance against deferred tax assets.allowance.  Income tax expense for 2015 resulted from various minimal state tax expenses.
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenue.   Revenue decreased by $12.7 million, or 5.9%, to $202.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $215.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease was a result of a 6.2% decline in average student population, which decreased to approximately 8,100 students from 8,700 students in the comparable period of 2013.
We began 2014 with approximately 700, or 8.2%, fewer students than we had on January 1, 2013.

Increased scholarship awards also contributed to the revenue decline.  Scholarships are recognized ratably over the term of the student’s program.  This has resulted in an increase in discounts applied for students currently attending our programs by $1.9 million for 2014 as compared to 2013.  While scholarships have negatively impacted revenue, we believe we provide more students the opportunity to pursue their educational goals by assisting in their affordability challenge.

For a general discussion of trends in our student enrollment, see “Seasonality and Outlook” below.

Educational services and facilities expense.   Our educational services and facilities expense decreased by $2.2 million, or 2.1%, to $100.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $102.5 million in the prior comparable period.

The expense reductions were primarily due to a $2.3 million, or 4.9%, decrease in instructional expense and a $0.4 million, or 4.3%, decrease in books and tools expense. Instructional expense savings were a result of a reduction in the number of instructors and other related costs resulting from lower average student population.  Similarly, the decrease in books and tools expense is also attributable to the decrease in average student population of approximately 600 students in 2014.

Our facilities expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 1.4% to $44.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $44.3 million from the comparable prior year period.  The majority of this increase was primarily the result of an increase in insurance and real estate taxes, offset by a reduction in repairs and maintenance.

Our educational expenses contain a high fixed cost component and are not as scalable as some of our other expenses.  As our student population decreases, we typically experience a reduction in average class size and, therefore, are not always able to align these expenses with the corresponding decrease in population.  Educational services and facilities expenses, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 49.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 47.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, general and administrative expense.    Our selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $5.9 million, or 5.1%, to $110.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $116.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Administrative expense was lower by $2.5 million, or 3.8%, after giving effect to a one-time charges of $1.8 million for severances costs as a result of a realignment of the Company’s costs structure in addition to an overall reduction in salaries and benefits as a result of a reduced workforce.

Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue was 5.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 4.6% for the same period in 2013.  Bad debt was negatively impacted by a combination of a slight deterioration in our collection history and a small increase in day’s sales outstanding.  The company is in the process of centralizing various aspects of the financial aid process to enhance the student customer service experience, improve quality control and reduce bad debt.

Sales and marketing expenses decreased $2.6 million, or 6.3%, as a result of a reduction in marketing expenses of $0.5 million and $2.1 million of sales expense in 2014 compared to 2013.  The reduction in sales expense was mainly attributable to a reduction in the number of admissions representatives dedicated to the destination schools as a result of the Company’s decision to replace select representatives who cover large territories with a centralized call center staff eliminating travel costs and reducing salary expense.  These changes yielded significant cost-savings and were a major component of our cost rationalization.  We continue to focus on our recruitment strategies while remaining compliant with the incentive compensation regulations.  In an effort to enhance the admissions process and results, the Company has invested in a new customer relationship management software designed to improve communications and efficiencies with the objective of positively impacting enrollments and start rate.

During 2014, we reduced our marketing expenses resulting in a decrease year over year mainly due to decrease in average student population partially offset by production costs associated with our new marketing campaign as “Lincoln Tech, America’s Technical Institute”.

Student services expense also decreased by $0.9 million or 8.2%, to $9.7 million for 2014 as a result of our smaller student population.

As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expense increased to 54.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 54.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding loan commitments to our students of $34.1 million, as compared to $36.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Loan commitments, net of interest that would be due on the loans through maturity, were $24.1 million at December 31, 2014, as compared to $26.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Loan commitments decreased as a result of lower population and fewer campuses.
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.    We tested our goodwill and long-lived assets as of December 31, 2014 and determined there is no goodwill impairment; however, we recorded a $1.5 million long-lived asset impairment charge in connection with one asset group.  As of September 30, 2014, we tested goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment and determined that ten of the Company’s reporting units were impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $39.0 million relating to goodwill ($38.8 million of which is included in discontinued operations).  Long-lived assets were determined to be impaired at six of our campuses resulting in impairment charges of $1.9 for leasehold improvements ($1.9 million included in discontinued operations) and $0.5 million ($0.5 million included in discontinued operations) for intangible assets

Previously, as of June 30, 2013, we tested our goodwill and long-lived assets and determined that an impairment of approximately $3.1 million existed for two of our reporting units relating to goodwill and long-lived assets ($3.1 million was of which was included in discontinued operations).  Long-lived assets had also been determined to be impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $1.4 million ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations).  At March 31, 2013, the Company had also incurred impairment charges $1.7 million ($1.7 million included in discontinued operations) for leasehold improvements.

Net interest expense.    Our net interest expense increased by $0.9 million compared to the prior year due to financing fees expense associated with changes in our credit facility.

Income taxes.    Our benefit for income taxes was $1.5 million, or 9.1%, of pretax loss for the year-ended December 31, 2014, compared to a provision for income taxes of $19.6 million, or 255.6%, of pretax loss in the same period in 2014.

Prior to 2014, we had a deferred tax liability related to an indefinite life intangible that was not available to offset the net deferred tax asset when evaluating the amount of the valuation allowance needed.  As a result of our impairment of goodwill in the third quarter of 2014, the deferred tax liability related to the indefinite life intangible of $4.5 million was reversed resulting in a decrease in the valuation allowance needed.  This release of the valuation allowance resulted in an income tax benefit.

We assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets.  A significant piece of objective negative evidence was the cumulative losses incurred by us in current years.  On the basis of this evaluation, the realization of our deferred tax assets was not deemed to be more likely than not and thus we maintained a valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014.
Segment Results of Operations

The for-profit education industry has been impacted by numerous regulatory changes, the changing economy and an onslaught of negative media attention. As a result of these actions,challenges, student populations have declined and operating costs have increased.  Over the past few years, the Company has closed over ten locations and exited its online business.  On November 3, 2015,In 2016, the Company’s BoardCompany ceased operations in Hartford, Connecticut; Fern Park, Florida; and Henderson (Green Valley), Nevada. In 2017, the Company completed the teach-out of Directors approved a plan to divest 17its Center City Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; West Palm Beach, Florida, Brockton, Massachusetts and Lowell, Massachusetts schools.  All of the 18these schools were previously included in our HOPS segment and are included in the Company’s Healthcare and Other Professions business segment.  The 17 campuses associated with this decision are reported in discontinued operations on the statementTransitional segment as of operations.   On December 3, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the remaining school in this segment, located in Hartford, Connecticut, which is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.   The Company reviewed how it is structured and changed its organization, including reorganizing its Group Presidents to oversee each of the reporting segments.  By aggregating the remaining 14 operating segments into two reporting segments, the Company is better able to allocate financial and human resources to respond to its markets with the goal of improving its profitability and competitive advantage.31, 2017.

In the past, we offered any combination of programs at any campus.  We have changedshifted our focus to program offerings that create greater differentiation among campuses and attainpromote attainment of excellence to attract more students and gain market share.  Also, strategically, we began offering continuing education training to select employers who hire our studentsgraduates and this is best achieved at campuses focused on theirthe applicable profession.

As a result of these environmental,the regulatory environment, market forces and our strategic decisions, we now operate our business in twothree reportable segments: a)(a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; (b) the Healthcare and b) Transitional.

Other Professions segment; and (c) the Transitional segment.  Our reportable segments have been determined based on thea method by which our chief operating decision makerwe now evaluatesevaluate performance and allocatesallocate resources.  Each reportable segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments have been aggregated into two reportable segments because, in our judgment, the reporting units have similar services, types of customers, regulatory environment and economic characteristics.  Our reporting segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

TransitionalHealthcare and Other ProfessionsThe Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

Transitional – The Transitional segment refers to campuses that are being taught-out and closed and operations that are being phased out and consists of our campus that is currently being taught out.  TheseThe schools are employingin the Transitional segment employ a gradual teach-out process that enables the schools to continue to operate whileto allow their current students to complete their course of study.  These schools are no longer enrolling new students.  In

The Company continually evaluates each campus for profitability, earning potential, and customer satisfaction.  This evaluation takes several factors into consideration, including the first quartercampus’s geographic location and program offerings, as well as skillsets required of 2015, we announcedour students by their potential employers.  The purpose of this evaluation is to ensure that we are teaching out our campusprograms provide our students with the best possible opportunity to succeed in Fern Park, Floridathe marketplace with the goals of attracting more students to our programs and, ultimately, to provide our shareholders with the maximum return on their investment.  Campuses in December 2015, we announced that we are teaching out our campus in Hartford Connecticut.  The teach-out at these campuses is expectedthe Transitional segment have been subject to be complete by March 2016this process and December 2016, respectively.have been strategically identified for closure.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.
The following table present results for our three reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

  Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
  2017  2016  % Change 
Revenue:
         
Transportation and Skilled Trades $177,099  $177,883   -0.4%
Healthcare and Other Professions  76,310   77,152   -1.1%
Transitional  8,444   30,524   -72.3%
Total $261,853  $285,559   -8.3%
             
Operating Income (Loss):
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades $17,861  $21,278   -16.1%
Healthcare and Other Professions  2,318   (10,917)  121.2%
Transitional  (5,379)  (15,170)  64.5%
Corporate  (19,516)  (24,105)  19.0%
Total $(4,716) $(28,914)  83.7%
             
Starts:
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades  7,510   7,626   -1.5%
Healthcare and Other Professions  4,157   4,148   0.2%
Transitional  132   1,452   -90.9%
Total  11,799   13,226   -10.8%
             
Average Population:
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades  6,752   6,852   -1.5%
Healthcare and Other Professions  3,569   3,560   0.3%
Transitional  451   1,452   -68.9%
Total  10,772   11,864   -9.2%
             
End of Period Population:
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades  6,413   6,700   -4.3%
Healthcare and Other Professions  3,746   3,587   4.4%
Transitional  -   948   -100.0%
Total  10,159   11,235   -9.6%

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Transportation and Skilled Trades
Student start results decreased by 1.5% to 7,510 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 7,626 in the prior year comparable period.
Increased marketing spend targeted at the adult demographic has resulted in slightly higher adult start rates for the year ended December 31, 2017 when compared to the prior year comparable period.  However, as previously reported for the second quarter of 2017, there was a decline in starts as a result of a lower than expected high school start rate.  Graduating high school students make up approximately 31% of the segment’s starts.  In an effort to increase high school enrollments, the Company has made various changes to its processes and organizational structure. These shortfalls in the high school start rate have offset the favorable start rates for the adult start demographic.

Operating income decreased by $3.4 million, or 16.1%, to $17.9 million from $21.3 million mainly driven by the following factors:

·Revenue decreased to $177.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $177.9 million in the comparable prior year period.  The slight decrease in revenue was primarily driven by a 1.5% decrease in average student population, partially offset by a 1.0% increase in average revenue per student.
·Educational services and facilities expense decreased by $1.3 million, or 1.6%, mainly due to reductions in depreciation expense attributable to assets that have fully depreciated.
·Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $4.0 million, primarily resulting from $1.4 million of additional bad debt expense resulting from higher student accounts, higher account write-off’s, and timing of Title IV Program receipts and a $1.4 million increase in marketing expense.  The increase in marketing expense is part of a strategic effort to increase student population and increase brand awareness.  As mentioned previously, the increased marketing spend targeted at the adult demographic has resulted in slightly higher starts year over year.  This progress has been offset by lower than expected high school starts.
Healthcare and Other Professions
Student start results had increased slightly by 0.2% to 4,157 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 4,148 in the prior year comparable period.  This increase represents the first time in approximately three years where student starts have yielded positive results.  We believe this achievement is the result of additional marketing spend aimed at increasing student population.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $2.3 million compared to an operating loss of $10.9 million in the prior year comparable period.  The $13.2 million change was mainly driven by the following factors:

·Revenue decreased to $76.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $77.2 million in the comparable prior year period.  The decrease in revenue is mainly attributable to a lower carry in population year over year of approximately 90 students and a 1.4% decline in average revenue per student due to tuition decreases at certain campuses.
·Educational services and facilities expense increased by $0.2 million to $39.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $39.7 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase was attributable to a $0.3 million increase in books and tools expense resulting from the introduction of student laptops for an increasing number of program offerings.
·Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 5.8%, mainly due to a $1.3 million increase in sales and marketing expense as a result of increased spending in an effort to increase student population and brand awareness and a $0.4 million increase in administrative expense as a result of increased salaries and benefits.  Increased salaries and benefits resulted from the addition of administrative staff to accommodate newly transferred students from our Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and Center City Philadelphia, Pennsylvania campuses, which were closed in August 2017.
·Impairment of goodwill and long lived asset decreased by $16.1 million as a result of non-cash, pre-tax charges during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Transitional
The following table lists the schools that are categorized in the Transitional segment which are all closed as of December 31, 2017:

CampusDate Closed
Northeast Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaSeptember 30, 2017
Center City Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaAugust 31, 2017
West Palm Beach, FloridaSeptember 30, 2017
Brockton, MassachusettsDecember 31, 2017
Lowell, MassachusettsDecember 31, 2017
Fern Park, FloridaMarch 31, 2016
Hartford, ConnecticutDecember 31, 2016
Henderson (Green Valley), NevadaDecember 31, 2016

Revenue for the campuses in the above table have been classified in the Transitional segment for comparability for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Revenue was $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $30.5 million in the prior year comparable period mainly due to the campus closures.

Operating loss decreased by $9.8 million to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $15.2 million in the prior year comparable period.  The decrease was due to campus closures.
Corporate and Other
This category includes unallocated expenses incurred on behalf of the entire Company.  Corporate and other expenses decreased by $4.6 million, or 19.0%, to $19.5 million from $24.1 million in the prior year comparable period.  The decrease was primarily driven by a $1.5 million gain resulting from the sale of two properties located in West Palm Beach, Florida on August 14, 2017; a reduction in salaries and benefits expense of approximately $2.5 million; and a $1.4 million non-cash impairment charge in relation to one of our corporate properties that occurred in December 31, 2016.  Partially offsetting these reductions were $1.6 million in additional closed school costs.  The additional closed school costs related to the closure of the Hartford, Connecticut campus on December 31, 2016.  The additional expenses relating to the Hartford, Connecticut campus were due to an apartment lease for student dorms, which will end in September 2019.
The following table present results for our two reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 20152016 and 2014.2015.

 Year Ended December 31,  Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  % Change  2016  2015  % Change 
Revenue:
                  
Transportation and Skilled Trades $183,821  $188,669   -2.6% $177,883  $183,822   -3.2%
Healthcare and Other Professions $77,152  $79,978   -3.5%
Transitional  9,399   14,220   -33.9%  30,524   42,302   -27.8%
Total $193,220  $202,889   -4.8% $285,559  $306,102   -6.7%
                        
Operating Income (Loss):
                        
Transportation and Skilled Trades $26,778  $19,519   37.2% $21,278  $26,777   -20.5%
Healthcare and Other Professions $(10,917) $5,386   -302.7%
Transitional  (6,859)  (7,647)  10.3%  (15,170)  (7,543)  -101.1%
Corporate  (19,141)  (23,363)  18.1%  (24,105)  (23,916)  -0.8%
Total $778  $(11,491)  106.8% $(28,914) $704   4207.1%
                        
Starts:
                        
Transportation and Skilled Trades  7,794   8,289   -6.0%  7,626   7,794   -2.2%
Healthcare and Other Professions  4,148   4,195   -1.1%
Transitional  224   488   -54.1%  1,452   2,080   -30.2%
Total  8,018   8,777   -8.6%  13,226   14,069   -6.0%
                        
Average Population:
                        
Transportation and Skilled Trades  7,238   7,603   -4.8%  6,852   7,238   -5.3%
Healthcare and Other Professions  3,560   3,827   -7.0%
Transitional  315   529   -40.5%  1,452   1,916   -24.2%
Total  7,553   8,132   -7.1%  11,864   12,981   -8.6%
                        
End of Period Population:
                        
Transportation and Skilled Trades  6,617   7,210   -8.2%  6,700   6,617   1.3%
Healthcare and Other Professions  3,587   3,677   -2.4%
Transitional  194   418   -53.6%  948   1,587   -40.3%
Total  6,811   7,628   -10.7%  11,235   11,881   -5.4%

Year Ended December 31, 20152016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 20142015

Transportation and Skilled Trades
Revenue
Student start results decreased by 2.2% to $183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $188.7 million in the comparable period, primarily driven by a 4.8% decline in average student population, which decreased to approximately 7,2007,626 from 7,600 in the prior comparable year.  In addition, we had fewer new starts of 495 which decreased our new student population to 7,794 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 8,289 for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The revenue decline from lower population was slightly offset by a 2.3% increase in average revenue per student due to improved student retention and a shift in program mix.

In addition, revenue was lower in 2015 due to higher scholarship recognition in comparison to 2014. Scholarships are recognized ratably over the term of the student’s program.  Scholarship discounts increased by $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 20152016 as compared to the prior year.  While scholarshipsyear comparable period.  The decline in student starts was mainly the result of the underperformance of one campus.  Excluding this campus, student starts for the year would have negatively impacted revenue, we believe we provide more students with the opportunity to pursue their educational goals by assisting in their affordability challenge.

We continue to face several challenges in sustaining our population levels including DOE incentive compensation regulations that impact our compensation decisions with respect to our admissions representatives, a low unemployment rate and increased competition from peers and community colleges.  We remain focused on our strategy to expand corporate training and form partnerships relationship to increase student population.grown 1.3% year over year.

Operating income improveddecreased by $7.3$5.5 million, or 37.2%20.5%, to $21.3 million from $26.8 million from $19.5 millionin the prior year mainly driven by the following expense reductions:factors:

·Revenue decreased to $177.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily driven by a 5.3% decrease in average student population, which decreased to approximately 6,900 from 7,200 in the prior year.  The decrease in average population was a result of starting 2016 with approximately 600 fewer students than we had on January 1, 2015.  The revenue decline from a lower population was slightly offset by a 2.2% increase in average revenue per student due to a shift in program mix.
·
Educational services and facilities expense reducedincreased by $6.5$1.9 million comprised of: (a) $3.7mainly due to a $2.0 million, or 9.8%5.9%, reductionincrease in facilities expense primarily due to lower(a) increased rent expense of $1.3 million as a result of a modification of leases for three of our campuses, which were previously accounted for as finance obligations under which rent payments were previously included in interest expense; (b) $0.6 million in additional depreciation expense resulting from the reclassification of one of our facilities out of held for sale as of December 31, 2015; and (c) a $1.5 million, or 17.4%, increase in books and tools expenses resulting from the purchase of laptops provided to newly enrolled students in certain programs to enhance and expand their overall learning experience.   Partially offsetting the above increases was a $1.6 million, or 4.1%, decrease in instructional expense as a result of discontinued depreciation for one campus included in assets held for sale and lower asset base duerealigning our cost structure to prior long-lived asset impairments; and (b) lower instructional expenses of $2.4 million, or 5.8%, and books and tools expense of $0.4 million, or 4.7% as a result of lower student population.meet our population.
·
Selling, general and administrative expenses reduceddecreased by $5.7$0.5 million comprised of: (a) $2.6 million, or 11.8%, reduction in sales expenses offset by a $0.8 million, or 5.8%, increase in marketing.  The decrease in sales expense was attributable to a reduction in the number of admissions representatives dedicated to the destination schools replaced with a centralized call center thus reducing travel costs and salary expense, while the marketing increase was a result of increased spending on production costs associated with our new marketing campaign as “Lincoln Tech, America’s Technical Institute”; (b) $1.1 million reduction in student services driven by lower student population; and (c) $2.8 million, or 8.2%, reduction in administrative expenses primarily as a result of a reduction$1.6 million decrease in bad debt expense.  The improvementadministrative and student services expense due to reduced salary and benefits.  Partially offsetting the decrease was a $1.1 million increase in bad debtmarketing expense, which was mainlylargely the result of improvementadditional spending in current collectionsa strategic effort to reach more potential students, expand brand awareness and collections history.increase enrollments.
·GainLoss on sale of assets increasedasset decreased by $1.6 million as a result of a one-time charge in relation to one of our campuses that was previously classified as held for sale in 2014.sale.  During 2015, the Companycompany had re-classifiedreclassified this campus out of held for sale and recorded catch-up depreciation in the amount of $1.6 million.
·
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets of $0.2 million compared to $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Transitional
This segment consists of our Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut campus’s where we have ceased student enrollment and existing students are being trained through March 2016 and December 2016, respectively.

Revenue decreased by $4.8 million, or 33.9%, to $9.4 million as of December 31, 2015 from $14.2 million in the comparable prior year period.  This decrease is primarily attributed to a 40.5% decrease in average student population due to suspension of new student enrollments at our Fern Park, Florida location effective February 2015.

Operating loss decreased by $0.8 million, or 10.3%, to $6.9 million as of December 31, 2015 compared to $7.6 million in the comparable prior year period primarily as a result of a one-time impairment charge of $1.5 million in 2014 coupled with a decrease in overall expenses as a result of ceased student enrollments.

Corporate and Other
This category includes unallocated expenses incurred on behalf of the entire company.  Corporate and Other costs decreased by $4.2 million, or 18.1%, to $19.1 million from $23.4 million, respectively, as compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily a result of cost restructuring efforts during the second half of 2014.
The following table present results for our two reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2014  2013  % Change 
Revenue:
         
Transportation and Skilled Trades $188,669  $196,230   -3.9%
Transitional  14,220   19,366   -26.6%
Total $202,889  $215,596   -5.9%
             
Operating Income (Loss):
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades $19,519  $27,917   -30.1%
Transitional  (7,647)  (5,938)  -28.8%
Corporate  (23,363)  (25,431)  8.1%
Total $(11,491) $(3,452)  -232.9%
             
Starts:
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades  8,289   8,518   -2.7%
Transitional  488   616   -20.8%
Total  8,777   9,134   -3.9%
             
Average Population:
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades  7,603   7,860   -3.3%
Transitional  529   809   -34.6%
Total  8,132   8,668   -6.2%
             
End of Period Population:
            
Transportation and Skilled Trades  7,210   7,178   0.4%
Transitional  418   527   -20.7%
Total  7,628   7,705   -1.0%

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Transportation and Skilled Trades
Revenue decreased to $188.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $196.2 million in the comparable period, primarily driven by a 3.3% decrease in average student population, which decreased to approximately 7,600 from 7,900 in the prior comparable year.  In addition there was a $1.9 million increase in scholarship recognition in the current period compared to the prior comparable year period.

Operating income decreased by $8.4 million, or 30.1%, to $19.5 million from $27.9 million mainly driven by the following factors:

·Educational services and facilities expense increased by $0.3 million comprised of $1.0 million, or 2.6%, increase in facilities expense, primarily due to an increase in insurance of $0.5 million coupled with a $0.4 million increase in real estate taxes offset $0.6 million, or 1.4%, lower instructional expenses relating to a lower student population.
·Selling, general and administrative expenses reduced by $1.1 million comprised of (a) $2.2 million, or 5.8%, reduction in sales and marketing expenses attributable to $1.3 million lower sales salary and travel expense coupled with a $1.2 million reduction in our TV marketing initiatives.; (b) $0.5 million reduction in student services due to the smaller student population; and (c) $1.6 million, or 5.0% increase in administrative expenses primarily as a result of an increase in bad debt expense.
·Impairment of goodwill and long lived asset increaseddecreased by $1.7$0.2 million as a result of one-time charges in relation to one of our campuses during the year ended December 31, 2014.2015.

TransitionalHealthcare and Other Professions
This segment consists of our Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut campuses.
Student starts decreased by 1.1% to 4,148 from 4,195 for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the prior year.

Revenue decreasedOperating loss increased to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from operating income of $5.4 million in the prior year comparable period mainly driven by $5.1 million, or 26.6%, to $14.2the following factors:

·Revenue decreased to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $80.0 million in the comparable prior year period, primarily driven by a 7.0% decrease in average student population, which decreased to approximately 3,600 from 3,800 in the prior year.  The decrease in average population was a result of starting 2016 with approximately 350 fewer students than we had on January 1, 2015.  The revenue decline from a lower population was slightly offset by a 3.6% increase in average revenue per student due to a shift in program mix.
·Educational services and facilities expense decreased by $2.6 million mainly due to a $1.9 million, or 13.0%, decrease in facilities expense primarily due to the suspension of depreciation expense during the year ended December 31, 2016 as this segment was classified as held for sale.
·Selling, general and administrative expenses remained essentially flat at $32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
·Impairment of goodwill and long lived assets of $16.1 million at December 31, 2016.
Transitional
The following table lists the schools that are categorized in the Transitional segment and their status as of December 31, 2014 from $19.42016:

CampusDate Closed
Northeast Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaSeptember 30, 2017
Center City Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaAugust 31, 2017
West Palm Beach, FloridaSeptember 30, 2017
Brockton, MassachusettsDecember 31, 2017
Lowell, MassachusettsDecember 31, 2017
Fern Park, FloridaMarch 31, 2016
Hartford, ConnecticutDecember 31, 2016
Henderson (Green Valley), NevadaDecember 31, 2016

Revenue for the campuses in the above table have been classified in the Transitional segment for comparability for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Revenue was $30.5 million for the comparableyear ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $42.3 million in the prior year comparable period attributablemainly due to a 34.6% decrease in average student population.the campus closures.

Operating loss increased by $1.7$7.6 million to $7.6$15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $5.9$7.5 million resulting primarily from revenue declinein the prior year comparable period.  The decrease was due to a declining student population offset by minimized expenses including sales and marketing.campus closures.
Corporate and Other
This category includes unallocated expenses incurred on behalf of the entire company.Company.  Corporate and Otherother costs decreasedincreased by $2.1$0.2 million, or 8.1%0.8%, to $23.4$24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $25.4$23.9 million respectively, as compared toin the prior year.year comparable period.  This decreaseincrease was primarily athe result of a)a $1.4 million non-cash impairment charge in relation to one of our corporate properties. Partially offsetting the increase is a $0.6 million decrease in administrative costs resulting from a reduction in salaries and benefits expense and b) $1.1a $0.6 million reduction in insurance and employee benefits as a resultgain resulting from the sale of certain Company assets for the Company realigning its cost structure to meet long-term strategic goals.year ended December 31, 2016.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary capital requirements are for facilities expansion and maintenance, and the development of new programs. Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our term loan.credit facility.  The following chart summarizes the principal elements of our cash flow for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015:2017:

  
Cash Flow Summary
Year Ended December 31,
 
  2015  2014  2013 
  (In thousands) 
Net cash provided by operating activities $14,337  $12,022  $3,246 
Net cash used in investing activities $(1,767) $(7,405) $(5,788)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities $13,551  $(5,204) $(46,280)
  
Cash Flow Summary
Year Ended December 31,
 
  2017  2016  2015 
  (In thousands) 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities $(11,321) $(6,107) $14,337 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities $9,917  $(2,182) $(1,767)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities $(5,097) $(9,067) $13,551 

AsThe Company had $54.6 million of December 31, 2015, we had cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash of $61.0 million, including $22.6at December 31, 2017 ($40.0 million of restricted cash representing an increase of approximately $18.7 millionat December 31, 2017) as compared to $42.3$47.7 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash as of December 31, 2014.  2016 ($26.7 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2016).  This increase for the year ended December 31, 2015 is primarily due tothe result of borrowings under our new term loan, which increased our cash and cash equivalents by $19.2 million netline of finance fees.  In addition, cash and cash equivalents increased due to other working capital itemscredit facility partially offset by repayment under our previous term loan facility, a net loss during the year ended December 31, 2017 and seasonality of $3.4 million.the business.

For the last several years, wethe Company and the proprietary school sector generally have faced deteriorating earnings growth. Government regulations have negatively impacted earnings by making it more difficult for prospective students to obtain loans, which when coupled with the overall economic environment have hindered prospective students from enrolling in our schools. In light of these factors, we have incurred significant operating losses as a result of lower student population.  Despite these events, we believe that our likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months. At December 31, 2015, our available sources of cash primarily included cash from operations, cashmonths and cash equivalents of $38.4 million.thereafter for the foreseeable future.

To fund our business plans, including any anticipated future losses, purchase commitments, capital expenditures and principal and interest payments on borrowings, we leveraged our owned real estate that is not classified as held for sale.estate. We are also continuing to take actions to improve cash flow by aligning our cost structure to our student population.

In addition to the aforementionedour current sources of capital that will provide short term liquidity, we also planthe Company has been making efforts to sell approximately $31.7 millionits Mangonia Park, Palm Beach County, Florida property and associated assets originally operated in net assetsthe HOPS segment, which are currentlyhas been classified as assets held for sale and are expected to be sold within one year from the date of classification.  Some of the net proceeds of future sales of real property by the Company and its subsidiaries must be used to prepay and permanently reduce the principal amount of our term loansale.
Our primary source of cash is tuition collected from our students. The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The largestmost significant source of these programs arestudent financing is Title IV Programs, which represented approximately 80%78% of our cash receipts relating to revenues in 2015. Students2017. Pursuant to applicable regulations, students must apply for a new loan for each academic period. Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs and loan funds are generally provided by lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first disbursement is usually received approximately 31 days after the start of a student'sstudent’s academic year and the second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from the start of the student's academic year. Certain types of grants and other funding are not subject to a 30-day31-day delay.  In certain instances, if a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition or prorated Title IV Program financial aid is refunded according to federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

As a result of the significancesignificant amount of the Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the level of Title IV Program funds that our students are eligible to receive or any impactrestriction on our ability to be ableeligibility to receive Title IV Program funds would have a significant impact on our operations and our financial condition.  See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.2017.

On January 11, 2018, the DOE sent letters to our Columbia, Maryland and Iselin, New Jersey institutions requiring each institution to submit a letter of credit to the DOE based on findings of late returns of Title IV funds in the annual Title IV compliance audits submitted to the DOE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Our Iselin institution provided evidence demonstrating that only 3% of the Title IV Program funds returned were late. However, the DOE concluded that a letter of credit would nevertheless be required for each institution because the regulatory auditor included a finding that there was a material weakness in our report on internal controls relating to return of unearned Title IV Program funds. We disagree with the regulatory auditor’s conclusion that a material weakness could exist if the error rate in the expanded audit sample is only 3% or approximately $20,000 and we believe that the regulatory auditor’s conclusion is erroneous. We requested the DOE to reconsider the letter of credit requirement. By letter dated February 7, 2018, DOE maintained that the refund letters of credit were necessary but agreed that the amount of each letter of credit could be based on the returns that were required to be made by each institution in the 2017 fiscal year rather than the 2016 fiscal year. Accordingly, we submitted letters of credit in the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million by the February 23, 2018 deadline and expect that these letters of credit will remain in place for a minimum of two years.
Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $6.1 million for the comparable period of 2016.  The increase in cash used in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 is primarily due to an increased net loss as well as changes in other working capital such as accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and unearned tuition.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by operatinginvesting activities was $14.3$9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 20152017 compared to $12.0 million for the comparable period of 2014.  The $2.3 million increase in net cash used of $2.2 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase of $12.1 million was primarily resulted from a reduction in net loss coupled with more rapid collectionsthe result of the sale of two of our outstanding accounts receivable as well as a reductionthree properties located in unearned tuition which was offset by other working capital items.
Investing ActivitiesWest Palm Beach, Florida resulting in cash inflows of $15.5 million.  The sale of the two properties occurred on August 14, 2017.

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.8 million compared to $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. OurOne of our primary useuses of cash in investing activities was capital expenditures associated with investments in training technology, classroom furniture, and new program build outs.buildouts.

We currently lease a majority of our campuses. We own our campusesschools in Grand Prairie, Texas; Nashville, Tennessee; Westand Denver, Colorado and our former school properties in Mangonia Park, Palm Beach County, Florida and Suffield, Connecticut; and Denver, Colorado.  We have 17 campuses that are held for sale.Connecticut.

Capital expenditures are expected to approximate 2% of revenues in 2016.2018.  We expect to fund future capital expenditures with cash generated from operating activities, borrowings under our term loan agreement,revolving credit facility, and cash from our real estate monetization.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided byused in financing activities was $13.6$5.1 million as compared to net cash used of $5.2$9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 20152017 and 2014,2016, respectively.
The increasedecrease of $18.8$4.0 million was primarily due to two main factors: (a) net borrowingpayments on borrowings of $22.0 million for the new term loan for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014, $4.3$3.4 million; and (b) $2.9 million in savings as a result oflease termination fees paid in the previously reported dividend discontinuation for year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by $2.8 million of finance fees in relation to the term loan and $5.5 million in principal payments made in relation to an exit of a capital lease at our Hartford, Connecticut campus.prior year.

Net borrowings consisted of: (a) total borrowing to date under our secured revolving credit facility of $75.9 million; (b) reclassification of payments of borrowing from restricted cash of $20.3 million; (c) reclassification of proceeds from borrowings to restricted cash of $32.8 million; and (d) $66.8 million in total repayments made by the Company.  The noncurrent restricted cash balance of $32.8 million has been repaid in 2018.
Credit Agreement.  Agreement

On JulyMarch 31, 2015, we2017, the Company entered into a secured revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with three lenders, AlostarSterling National Bank of Commerce (“Alostar”), HPF Holdco, LLC and Rushing Creek 4, LLC, led by HPF Service, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”“Bank”), for an pursuant to which the Company obtained a credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $45up to $55 million (the “Term Loan”“Credit Facility”).  The July 31, 2015Credit Facility consists of (a) a $30 million loan facility (“Facility 1”), which is comprised of a $25 million revolving loan designated as “Tranche A” and a $5 million non-revolving loan designated as “Tranche B,” which Tranche B was repaid during the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and (b) a $25 million revolving loan facility (“Facility 2”), which includes a sublimit amount for letters of credit agreement, alongof $10 million.  The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended, on November 29, 2017, to provide the Company with subsequent amendmentsan additional $15 million revolving credit loan (“Facility 3”), resulting in an increase in the aggregate availability under the Credit Facility to $65 million.  The Credit Agreement was again amended on February 23, 2018, to, among other things, effect certain modifications to the financial covenants and other provisions of the Credit Agreement dated December 31, 2015 and to allow the Company to pursue the sale of certain real property assets. The February 29, 2016, are collectively referred23, 2018 amendment increased the interest rate for borrowings under Tranche A of Facility 1 to asa rate per annum equal to the “Credit Agreement.”  Asgreater of December 31, 2015(x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.85% and prior(y) 6.00%. Prior to the most recent amendment of the Credit Agreement, revolving loans outstanding under Tranche A of Facility 1 bore interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% and (y) 6.00%.
The Credit Facility replaces a term loan facility (the “Prior Credit Facility”) which was repaid and terminated concurrently with the effectiveness of a second amendment to the Credit AgreementFacility.  The term of the Credit Facility is 38 months, maturing on February 29, 2016 (the “Second Amendment”),May 31, 2020, except that the Term Loan consistedterm of a $30 million term loan (the “Term Loan A”) from HPF Holdco, LLC, Rushing Creek 4, LLC and Tiger Capital Group, LLC,Facility 3 will mature one year earlier, on May 31, 2019.

The Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien in favor of the AgentBank on substantially all of the real and personal property owned by the Company as well as mortgages on four parcels of real property owned by the Company in Colorado, Tennessee and a $15 million term loan (the “Term Loan B”) from Alostar secured by a $15.3 million cash collateral account. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, we received an additional $5 million term loan from Alostar withTexas at which we repaid $5 millionthree of the principal amountCompany’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company located in Connecticut.

At the closing of the Term Loan A.  Accordingly, uponCredit Facility, the effectiveness of the Second Amendment, the aggregate term loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement remains at approximately $45 million, consisting of an approximateCompany drew $25 million Term Loanunder Tranche A and a $20 million Term Loan B.  In addition,of Facility 1, which, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the amount of cash collateral securing the Term Loan B was increased to $20.3 million.  At the Company’s request, a percentage of the cash collateral may be released to the Company in the Agent’s sole discretion and with the consent of Alostar upon the satisfaction of certain criteria as outlined in the Credit Agreement.  The Term Loan, which matures on July 31, 2019, replaces our previously existing $20 million revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, which was due to expire on April 5, 2016.  The previously existing revolving credit facility was terminated concurrently with the effective dateterms of the Credit Agreement, on July 31, 2015 (the “Closing Date”).was used to repay the Prior Credit Facility and to pay transaction costs associated with closing the Credit Facility.  After the disbursements of such amounts, the Company retained approximately $1.8 million of the borrowed amount for working capital purposes.

A portionAlso, at closing, $5 million was drawn under Tranche B and, pursuant to the terms of the proceedsCredit Agreement, was deposited into an interest-bearing pledged account (the “Pledged Account”) in the name of the Term LoanCompany maintained at the Bank in order to secure payment obligations of the Company with respect to the costs of remediation of any environmental contamination discovered at certain of the mortgaged properties based upon environmental studies undertaken at such properties. During the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the environmental studies were used by uscompleted and revealed no environmental issues existing at the properties.  Accordingly, pursuant to (i) repay approximately $6.3the terms of the Credit Agreement, the $5 million in the Pledged Account was released and used to repay the non-revolving loan outstanding under Tranche B.  Upon the repayment of Tranche B, the maximum principal accrued interestamount of Facility 1 was permanently reduced to $25 million.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, all draws under Facility 2 for letters of credit or revolving loans and fees dueall draws under the previously existing revolving credit facility, (ii) fund the $20.3 millionFacility 3 must be secured by cash collateral account securing the portionin an amount equal to 100% of the Term Loan provided by Alostar, (iii) fund approximately $7.4 million in a cash collateral account securingaggregate stated amount of the letters of credit issued under the previously existingand revolving credit facility that remainloans outstanding after the termination of that facility and (iv) pay transaction expenses in connection with the Term Loan and the terminationthrough draws from Facility 1 or other available cash of the previously existing revolving credit facility.  The remaining proceeds of the Term Loan of approximately $13.3 million may be used by the Company to finance capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement.Company.

Interest will accrue
Accrued interest on the Term Loan at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) 11% or (ii) 90-day LIBOR plus 9%  determined monthly by the Agent andeach revolving loan will be payable monthly in arrears.  The principal balanceRevolving loans under Tranche A of Facility 1 bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.85% and (y) 6.00%.  Prior to the February 23, 2018 amendment of the Term LoanCredit Agreement, the interest rate for revolving loans under Tranche A of Facility 1 was equal to the greater of (x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% and (y) 6.00%.  The amount borrowed under Tranche B of Facility 1 and revolving loans under Facility 2 and Facility 3 will be repaid inbear interest at a rate per annum equal monthly installments, commencing on August 1, 2017, determined asto the quotientgreater of (i) 10%(x) the Bank’s prime rate and (y) 3.50%.
Each issuance of the outstanding principal balancea letter of the Term Loan as of Julycredit under Facility 2 2017 divided by (ii) 12.  A final installment of principal and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due on the maturity date of the Term Loan.

The Term Loan may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, subject torequire the payment of a prepayment premiumletter of credit fee to the Bank equal to (i) 5%a rate per annum of the principal amount prepaid at any time up to but not including the second anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) 3% of the principal amount prepaid at any time commencing1.75% on the second anniversarydaily amount available to be drawn under the letter of credit, which fee shall be payable in quarterly installments in arrears.  Letters of credit totaling $6.2 million that were outstanding under a $9.5 million letter of credit facility previously provided to the Closing Date up to but not including the third anniversary of the Closing Date.  In the event of any sale or other disposition of a school or real propertyCompany by the Company permittedBank, which letter of credit facility was set to mature on April 1, 2017, are treated as letters of credit under the Term Loan, the net proceedsFacility 2.
The terms of such sale or disposition must be used to prepay the Loan in an amount determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement subject to the applicable prepayment premium; provided, however, that no prepayment premium will be due with respect to up to $15 million of aggregate repayments of the Term Loan made during the first yearprovide that the Term LoanBank be paid an unused facility fee on the average daily unused balance of Facility 1 at a rate per annum equal to 0.50%, which fee is outstanding.  A portionpayable quarterly in arrears.  In addition, the Company is required to maintain, on deposit in one or more non-interest bearing accounts, a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances.  If in any quarter the net cash proceedsrequired average aggregate account balance is not maintained, the Company is required to pay the Bank a fee of any disposition of a school in an amount determined pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan, must be deposited$12,500 for that quarter and, held as cash collateral in a deposit account controlled by the Agent until the conditions for release set forth in the Term Loan are satisfied.  In connectionevent that the Company terminates the Credit Facility or refinances with another lender within 18 months of closing, the assets which are currently classified as held for sale and are expected to be sold within one year, we areCompany is required to classify $10.0 million as short term debt due topay the Term Loan prepayment minimum required with respect to any such disposition.Bank a breakage fee of $500,000.
 
5150

The Term LoanIn addition to the foregoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants such as minimum financial responsibility composite score, cohort default rate, and other financial covenants, including minimum liquidity, maximum capital expenditures, maximum 90/10 ratio and minimum EBITDA (as defined in the Term Loan), as well as affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants that restrict capital expenditures, prohibit the incurrence of a net loss commencing on December 31, 2018 and require a minimum adjusted EBITDA and a minimum tangible net worth, which is an annual covenant, as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type.  We wereAs of December 31, 2017, the Company is in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2015.  Subsequent to the fiscal year end, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the financial covenants were adjusted and, at the Company’s election, will be adjusted for fiscal year 2017 and for each subsequent fiscal year until the maturity of the Term Loan at either the levels applicable to fiscal year 2016 (and each fiscal quarter thereof) contained incovenants.

In connection with the Credit Agreement, as of the Closing Date orCompany paid the levels applicable to fiscal year 2016 (and each fiscal quarter thereof) containedBank an origination fee in the Second Amendment.  In the eventamount of $250,000 and other fees and reimbursements that we elect to re-set the financial covenants at the 2016 covenant levels contained in the Second Amendment, we will be required to prepay on or before January 15, 2017, without prepayment penalty, amounts outstanding under the Term Loan up to $4 million.

The Credit Agreement contains events of default, the occurrence and continuation of which provide our lenders with the right to exercise remedies against us and the collateral securing the Term Loan, including our cash. These events of default include, among other things, our failure to pay any amounts due under the Term Loan, a breach of covenants under the Credit Agreement, our insolvency and the insolvency of our subsidiaries, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness, and a final judgment against us in an amount greater than $1,000,000.

Also, in connection with the Term Loan, we paid to the Agent a commitment fee of $1.0 million on the Closing Date and are required to pay to the Agent other customary fees for facilities of this type.  Total fees forIn connection with the Term Loan were $2.8 million during fiscal year 2015, which are included in deferred finance charges onsecond amendment of the consolidated balance sheet.  SubsequentCredit Agreement, the Company paid to the fiscal year end,Bank a modification fee in the amount of $50,000.

The Company incurred an early termination premium of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the effectivenesstermination of the Second Amendment, we paidPrior Credit Facility.

On April 28, 2017, the Company entered into an additional secured credit agreement with the Bank, pursuant to which the Company obtained a short term loan in the principal amount of $8 million, the proceeds of which were used for working capital and general corporate purposes.  The loan, which had an interest rate equal to the Agent a loan modification feegreater of $.5the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% or 6.00%, was secured by two real property assets located in West Palm Beach, Florida at which schools operated by the Company were located and matured upon the earlier of October 1, 2017 and the date of the sale of the West Palm Beach, Florida property.  The Company sold the two properties located in West Palm Beach, Florida to Tambone Companies, LLC in the third quarter of 2017 and subsequently repaid the $8 million.

For the year ended As of December 31, 2015, $0.4 million of2017, the Term Loan was repaid in connection with the Company’s sale of real property located in Springdale, Ohio. WeCompany had $44.7$53.4 million outstanding under the Term Loan asCredit Facility; offset by $0.8 million of deferred finance fees.  As of December 31, 2015.

We2016, the Company had $30.0$44.3 million outstanding under our previously existing revolvingthe Prior Credit Facility; offset by $2.3 million of deferred finance fees, which were written-off.  As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were letters of credit facility asin the aggregate outstanding principal amount of December 31, 2014, which was repaid on January 3, 2015.  The interest rate on this borrowing was 7.25%.$7.2 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

Long-term debt and lease obligations consist of the following:

 As of December 31,  As of December 31, 
 2015  2014  2017  2016 
Credit agreement $53,400  $- 
Term loan $44,653  $-   -   44,267 
Credit agreement  -   30,000 
Finance obligation  9,672   9,672 
Capital lease-property (with a rate of 8.0%)  3,899   25,509 
Deferred financing fees  (807)  (2,310)
Subtotal  58,224   65,181   52,593   41,957 
Less current maturities  (10,114)  (30,471)  -   (11,713)
Total long-term debt $48,110  $34,710  $52,593  $30,244 

As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding loan commitments to our students of $51.9 million, as compared to $40.0 million at December 31, 2016.  Loan commitments, net of interest that would be due on the loans through maturity, were $38.5 million at December 31, 2017, as compared to $30.0 million at December 31, 2016.
Climate Change

Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

Contractual Obligations

Current portion of Long-Term Debt, Long-Term Debt and Lease Commitments.    As of December 31, 2015,2017, our current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt consisted of borrowings under our Term Loan, the finance obligation in connection with our sale-leaseback transaction in 2001, and amounts due under capital lease obligations.Credit Facility.  We lease offices, educational facilities and various equipment for varying periods through the year 20322030 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases).
The following table contains supplemental information regarding our total contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:2017:

  Payments Due by Period 
  Total  
Less than
 1 year
  1-3 years  3-5 years  
More than
5 years
 
Credit agreement (including interest) $58,867  $15,026  $12,260  $31,581  $- 
Capital leases (including interest) (1)  7,109   422   845   845   4,997 
Operating leases  93,638   19,013   33,123   23,643   17,859 
Rent on finance obligation (2)  1,588   1,588   -   -   - 
Total contractual cash obligations $161,202  $36,049  $46,228  $56,069  $22,856 

(1)The Fern Park, Florida capital lease is included in the scheduled maturities of $7.1 million; however, subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to terminate the lease which included a termination fee of $2.8 million.
(2)On January 20, 2016 the lease was amended.
  Payments Due by Period 
  Total  
Less than
1 year
  1-3 years  3-5 years  
More than
5 years
 
Credit facility $53,400  $-  $53,400  $-  $- 
Operating leases  78,408   19,347   28,994   14,207   15,860 
Total contractual cash obligations $131,808  $19,347  $82,394  $14,207  $15,860 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2015,2017, except for surety bonds.  At December 31, 2015,2017, we posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $14.9$12.7 million.  Cash collateralized letters of credit of $7.0$6.5 million are primarily comprised of letters of credit for DOE matters and security deposits in connection with certain of our real estate leases. We are required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct our business. These off-balance sheet arrangements do not adversely impact our liquidity or capital resources.

SEASONALITY AND OUTLOOK

Seasonality

Our revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our first and second quarters and we have experienced larger class starts in the third quarter and higher student attrition in the first half of the year. Our second half growth is largely dependent on a successful high school recruiting season. We recruit our high school students several months ahead of their scheduled start dates and, thus, while we have visibility on the number of students who have expressed interest in attending our schools, we cannot predict with certainty the actual number of new student enrollments and the related impact on revenue. Our expenses, however, typically do not vary significantly over the course of the year with changes in our student population and revenue. During the first half of the year, we make significant investments in marketing, staff, programs and facilities to meet our second half of the year targets and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. To the extent new student enrollments, and related revenue, in the second half of the year fall short of our estimates, our operating results could be negatively impacted. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change as a result of new school openings, new program introductions, and increased enrollments of adult students and/or acquisitions.

Outlook

Similar to many companies in the proprietary education sector, we have experienced significant deterioration in student enrollments over the last several years. This can be attributed to many factors including the economic environment and numerous regulatory changes such as changes to admissions advisor compensation policies, elimination of the ability-to-benefit (“ATB”),“ability-to-benefit,” changes to the 90/10 Rule and cohort default rates, gainful employment and modifications to Title IV Program amounts and eligibility. While demand from employers in most of our fieldsthe industry has not returned to growth, the trends are increasing wefar more stable as declines have yet to see an increase in demand from new students.slowed.

As the economy continues to improve and the unemployment rate continues to decline our student enrollment has beenis negatively impacted due to a portion of our potential student base which has enteredentering the workforce prematurelyearlier without obtaining any post-secondary training. Offsetting this short term decline in available students is the fact that an increasing number of individuals in the “baby boom” generation are retiring from the workforce.  The retirement of baby boomers coupled with a growing economy has resulted in additional employers looking to us to help solve their workforce needs.  With schools in 1114 states, we are a very attractive employment solution for large regional and national employers.

To fund our business plans, including any anticipated future losses, purchase commitments, capital expenditures, and principal and interest payments on borrowings and to satisfy the DOE financial responsibility standards, we have entered into a new term loancredit facility as described above and continue to have the ability to sell our assets that are classified as held for sale. We are also continuing to take actions to improve cash flow by aligning our cost structure to our student population.
 
5352

On November 3, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan for us to divest our Healthcare and Other Professions business segment.  Implementation of the plan results in our operations focused solely on the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.  Due to the Board’s decision to divest the Healthcare and Other Professions business segment this segment was classified as discontinued operations and asset and liabilities classified as held for sale.

In addition, as of September 30, 2015, we had two campuses held for sale.  With the approval of the plan to divest the Healthcare and Other Professions business segment one of the campuses is no longer included as held for sale.

Effect of Inflation

Inflation has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our on-going business operations.  On JulyMarch 31, 2015,2017, the Company repaid in full and terminated a previously existing revolving line of creditterm loan with the proceeds of a new $45 million Term Loan.  revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) provided by Sterling National Bank, which currently provides the Company with aggregate availability of $65 million.  The Credit Facility is discussed in further detail under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 of this report and in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report.Our obligations under the Term LoanCredit Facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries and any assets that we or our subsidiaries may acquire in the future. Outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at the rate of 11.0%7.00% as of December 31, 2015.2017.  As of December 31, 2015,2017, we had $44.7$53.4 million outstanding under the Term Loan.Credit Facility.

Based on our outstanding debt balance as of December 31, 2015,2017, a change of one percent in the interest rate would have caused a change in our interest expense of approximately $0.4$0.5 million, or $0.02 per basic share, on an annual basis.  Changes in interest rates could have an impact however on our operations, which are greatly dependent on our students’ ability to obtain financing. Anyfinancing and, as such, any increase in interest rates could greatly impact our ability to attract students and have an adverse impact on the results of our operations. The remainder of our interest rate risk is associated with miscellaneous capital equipment leases, which is not significant.

ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating, together with management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 20152017 have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to reasonably ensure that material information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by Securities and Exchange Commissions’ Rules and Forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2015,2017, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015,2017, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2015,2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015,2017, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K that follows.

/s/ Scott Shaw
Scott Shaw
Chief Executive Officer
March 10, 2016
/s/ Brian Meyers
Brian Meyers
Chief Financial Officer
March 10, 2016

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III.

ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors and Executive Officers

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees and certain other persons, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. A copy of our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.lincolnedu.com. If any amendments to or waivers from the Code of Conduct are made, we will disclose such amendments or waivers on our website.

ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by Item 11 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by Item 12 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by Item 13 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by Item 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20162018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
5654

PART IV.

ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

1.Financial Statements

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2.Financial Statement Schedule

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3.Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

Exhibit
Number
 
Description
  
2.1Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 14, 2017, between New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc. and Tambone Companies, LLC, as amended by First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of April 18, 2017, and as further amended by Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of May 12, 2017 (1).
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (23)(2).
  
3.2By-laws of the Company (1)(3).
  
4.1Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2002, by and among Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc., Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. and the Stockholders and other holders of options under the Management Stock Option Plan listed therein (2)(4).
  
4.2Assumption Agreement and First Amendment to Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007, by and among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc., Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. and the Management Investors parties therein (3)(5).
  
4.3Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. (1)(3).
  
4.4Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock (2)(6).
  
10.1Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Lenders and Collateral Agents party thereto, and HPF Service, LLC, as Administrative Agent (17)(7).
  
10.2First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Lenders and Collateral Agents party thereto, and HPF Service, LLC, as Administrative Agent (18)(8).
  
10.3Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2016, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Lenders party thereto, and HPF Service, LLC, as Administrative Agent and Tranche A Collateral Agent (22)(9).
  
10.4Credit Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2012,12, 2016, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties theretoLincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (4)(10).
  
10.5First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2013,March 31, 2017, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties theretoLincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (5)(11).
  
10.6Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013,April 28, 2017, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (12).
10.7First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, among the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties theretoCompany, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (6).(13)
  
10.710.8ThirdSecond Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2014,February 23, 2018, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties theretoLincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (7).
10.8Fourth Amendment and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2015, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (8).(26)
  
10.9EmploymentPurchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015,July 1, 2016, between the CompanyNew England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc. and Shaun E. McAlmont (9)School Property Development Metrocentre, LLC (14).
  
10.10SeparationEmployment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2015,August 23, 2016, between the Company and Shaun E. McAlmont (17).Scott M. Shaw (15)
  
10.11Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015,November 8, 2017, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (9)(16).
  
10.12Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2015, between the CompanySeparation and Scott M. Shaw (19).
10.13Employment Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2014, between the Company and Kenneth M. Swisstack (10).
10.14Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2015, between the Company and Kenneth M. Swisstack. (20)
10.15SeparationRelease Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2016, between the Company and Kenneth M. Swisstack (21)(17).
10.13Employment Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2016, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (15).
10.14Employment Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2017, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (16).
10.15Change in Control Agreement, dated August 31, 2016, between the Company and Deborah Ramentol (18).
  
10.16EmploymentSeparation and Release Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2015,January 24, 2018, between the Company and Brian K. MeyersDeborah Ramentol (19).
10.17Change in Control Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2017, between the Company and Deborah Ramentol (20).
  
10.1710.18Lincoln Educational Services Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (11).
10.18Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2005 Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (12)(21).
  
10.19Lincoln Educational Services Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Deferred CompensationNon-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (2)(22).
  
10.20Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (4).
10.21Lincoln Technical Institute Management Stock Option Plan, effective January 1, 2002 (2)(4).
  
10.2110.22Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, between Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and certain participants (2)(4).
  
10.2210.23Form of Stock Option Agreement under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (13)(23).
  
10.2310.24Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (14)(24).
  
10.2410.25Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under our Amended & Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (15)(25).
  
10.2510.26Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, among Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and certain management investors (2).
10.26Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2009, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C (16)(4).
  
21.1*Subsidiaries of the Company.
  
23*Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24*Power of Attorney (included on the Signatures page of this Form 10-K).
  
31.1 *Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
31.2 *Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32 *Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
101**The following financial statements from Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income, (v) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.
 


(1)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed August 16, 2017.

(2)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed June 7, 2005.

(3)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 28, 2005.

(2)(4)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-123644). filed March 29, 2005.

(3)(5)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-148406).

(4)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 11, 2012.

(5)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 20, 2013.December 28, 2007.

(6)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-KS-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed December 27, 2013.June 21, 2005.

(7)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed JanuaryAugust 5, 2015.

(8)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2015.January 7, 2016.

(9)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed February 5, 2015.March 4, 2016.

(10)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s AnnualForm 8-K filed April 18, 2016.

(11)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 6, 2017.

(12)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 4, 2017.

(13)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 1, 2017.

(14)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2014.9, 2016.

(11)(15)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed August 25, 2016.

(16)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2017.

(17)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2016.

(18)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2017.

(19)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 26, 2018.

(20)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2017.

(21)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 6, 2013.

(12)(22)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-188240).333-211213) filed May 6, 2016.

(13)(23)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(14)(24)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

(15)(25)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 5, 2011.

(16)(26)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2009.February 26, 2018.

(17)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 6, 2015.

(18)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 7, 2016.

(19)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 3, 2015.

(20)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

(21)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2016.

(22)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 4, 2016
(23)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644).
*Filed herewith.

**As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
5957

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  March 9, 2018
Date:  March 10, 2016
 LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
   
 By:/s/ Brian Meyers 
  Brian Meyers
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
  (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints Scott M. Shaw and Brian K. Meyers, and each of them, as attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature Title Date
     
/s/ Scott M. Shaw 
Scott M. ShawChief Executive Officer and Director March 10, 20169, 2018
Scott M. Shaw
     
/s/ Brian K. Meyers Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer March 10, 20169, 2018
Brian K. Meyers Treasurer (Principal(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)  
     
/s/ Alvin O. Austin Director March 10, 20169, 2018
Alvin O. Austin   
     
/s/ Peter S. Burgess Director March 10, 20169, 2018
Peter S. Burgess    
     
/s/ James J. Burke, Jr. Director March 10, 20169, 2018
James J. Burke, Jr.    
     
/s/ Celia H. Currin Director March 10, 20169, 2018
Celia H. Currin    
     
/s/ Ronald E. Harbour Director March 10, 20169, 2018
Ronald E. Harbour    
     
/s/ J. Barry Morrow Director March 10, 20169, 2018
J. Barry Morrow    
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 Page Number
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20152017 and 20142016F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-11
  
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying AccountsF-36F-32
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Lincoln Educational Services Corporation
West Orange, New Jersey

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company"“Company”) as of December 31, 20152017 and 2014,2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders'stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. Our audits also included2017, and the financial statementrelated notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 9, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
March 9, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditors since 1999.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly,the Company maintained, in all material respects, theeffective internal control over financial position of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiariesreporting as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years2017, based on criteria established in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control overconsolidated financial reportingstatements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations2017, of the Treadway CommissionCompany and our report dated March 10, 20169, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control overthose financial reporting.statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLPBasis for Opinion

Parsippany, New Jersey
March 10, 2016
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Lincoln Educational Services Corporation
West Orange, New Jersey

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company'sCompany’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of theits inherent limitations, of internal control over financial reporting including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be preventedprevent or detected on a timely basis.detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ equity, cash flows and financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated March 10, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey
March 10, 20169, 2018
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 December 31,  December 31, 
 2015  2014  2017  2016 
            
ASSETS            
CURRENT ASSETS:            
Cash and cash equivalents $38,420  $12,299  $14,563  $21,064 
Restricted cash  7,362   30,000   7,189   6,399 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $9,126 and $12,193 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  9,613   13,533 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $12,806 and $12,375 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively  15,791   15,383 
Inventories  1,043   1,486   1,657   1,687 
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable  349   879   207   262 
Assets held for sale  45,911   50,930   2,959   16,847 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  2,566   3,937   2,352   2,894 
Total current assets  105,264   113,064   44,718   64,536 
                
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $122,037 and $136,910 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  66,508   69,740 
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $163,946 and $157,152 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively  52,866   55,445 
                
OTHER ASSETS:                
Noncurrent restricted cash  15,259   -   32,802   20,252 
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $797 and $1,016 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  4,993   6,235 
Deferred finance charges  2,529   158 
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $978 and $977 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively  8,928   7,323 
Deferred income taxes, net  424   - 
Goodwill  14,536   22,207   14,536   14,536 
Other assets, net  1,190   2,303   939   1,115 
Total other assets  38,507   30,903   57,629   43,226 
TOTAL $210,279  $213,707  $155,213  $163,207 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

(Continued)

 December 31,  December 31, 
 2015  2014  2017  2016 
            
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            
CURRENT LIABILITIES:            
Current portion of term loan and credit agreement $10,000  $30,000 
Current portion of capital lease obligations  114   471 
Current portion of credit agreement and term loan $-  $11,713 
Unearned tuition  21,390   26,469   24,647   24,778 
Accounts payable  12,863   11,894   10,508   13,748 
Accrued expenses  12,157   13,865   11,771   15,368 
Liabilities held for sale  14,236   - 
Other short-term liabilities  686   780   558   653 
Total current liabilities  71,446   83,479   47,484   66,260 
                
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Long-term term loan  34,653   - 
Long-term capital lease obligations  3,785   25,038 
Long-term finance obligation  9,672   9,672 
Long-term credit agreement and term loan  52,593   30,244 
Pension plan liabilities  5,549   5,299   4,437   5,368 
Accrued rent  4,177   6,852   4,338   5,666 
Other long-term liabilities  -   357   548   743 
Total liabilities  129,282   130,697   109,400   108,281 
                
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:                
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014  -   - 
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, issued and outstanding 29,727,555 shares at December 31, 2015 and 29,933,086 shares at December 31, 2014  141,377   141,377 
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016  -   - 
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016, issued and outstanding 30,624,407 shares at December 31, 2017 and 30,685,017 shares at December 31, 2016  141,377   141,377 
Additional paid-in capital  27,292   26,350   29,334   28,554 
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014  (82,860)  (82,860)
Retained earnings  2,260   5,610 
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016  (82,860)  (82,860)
Accumulated deficit  (37,528)  (26,044)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (7,072)  (7,467)  (4,510)  (6,101)
Total stockholders' equity  80,997   83,010   45,813   54,926 
TOTAL $210,279  $213,707  $155,213  $163,207 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
                  
REVENUE $193,220  $202,889  $215,596  $261,853  $285,559  $306,102 
COSTS AND EXPENSES:                        
Educational services and facilities  92,165   100,335   102,489   129,413   144,426   151,647 
Selling, general and administrative  98,319   110,901   116,841   138,779   148,447   151,797 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets  1,742   (57)  (282)
(Gain) loss on sale of assets  (1,623)  233   1,738 
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  216   3,201   -   -   21,367   216 
Total costs and expenses  192,442   214,380   219,048   266,569   314,473   305,398 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)  778   (11,491)  (3,452)
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME  (4,716)  (28,914)  704 
OTHER:                        
Interest income  52   62   37   56   155   52 
Interest expense  (7,438)  (5,169)  (4,267)  (7,098)  (6,131)  (8,015)
Other income  4,142   297   18   -   6,786   4,151 
LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES  (2,466)  (16,301)  (7,664)
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES  242   (1,479)  19,591 
LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS  (2,708)  (14,822)  (27,255)
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAXES  (642)  (41,311)  (24,031)
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES  (11,758)  (28,104)  (3,108)
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES  (274)  200   242 
NET LOSS $(3,350) $(56,133) $(51,286) $(11,484) $(28,304) $(3,350)
Basic                        
Loss per share from continuing operations $(0.12) $(0.65) $(1.21)
Loss per share from discontinued operations  (0.02)  (1.81)  (1.07)
Net loss per share $(0.14) $(2.46) $(2.28) $(0.48) $(1.21) $(0.14)
Diluted                        
Loss per share from continuing operations $(0.12) $(0.65) $(1.21)
Loss per share from discontinued operations  (0.02)  (1.81)  (1.07)
Net loss per share $(0.14) $(2.46) $(2.28) $(0.48) $(1.21) $(0.14)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                        
Basic  23,167   22,814   22,513   23,906   23,453   23,167 
Diluted  23,167   22,814   22,513   23,906   23,453   23,167 

See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(In thousands)

 December 31,  December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Net loss $(3,350) $(56,133) $(51,286) $(11,484) $(28,304) $(3,350)
Other comprehensive loss            
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes of $0, $0 and $1,283 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively  395   (3,905)  3,214 
Other comprehensive income            
Employee pension plan adjustments  1,591   971   395 
Comprehensive loss $(2,955) $(60,038) $(48,072) $(9,893) $(27,333) $(2,955)

See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-in
  Treasury  Retained  
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
           Additional     
Retained
Earnings
  
Accumulated
Other
    
 Shares  Amount  Capital  Stock  Earnings  Loss  Total  Common Stock  Paid-in  Treasury  (Accumulated  Comprehensive    
BALANCE - January 1, 2013  29,659,457  $141,377  $22,677  $(82,860) $124,059  $(6,776) $198,477 
 Shares  Amount  Capital  Stock  Deficit)  Loss  Total 
BALANCE - January 1, 2015  29,933,086  $141,377  $26,350  $(82,860) $5,610  $(7,467) $83,010 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (51,286)  -   (51,286)  -   -   -   -   (3,350)  -   (3,350)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes  -   -   -   -   -   3,214   3,214 
Stock-based compensation expense                            
Restricted stock  400,779   -   2,893   -   -   -   2,893 
Stock options  -   -   102   -   -   -   102 
Tax deficiency of stock-based awards and canceled  -   -   (698)  -   -   -   (698)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation  (140,475)  -   (797)  -   -   -   (797)
Cash dividend of $0.28 per common share  -   -   -   -   (6,709)  -   (6,709)
BALANCE - December 31, 2013  29,919,761   141,377   24,177   (82,860)  66,064   (3,562)  145,196 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (56,133)  -   (56,133)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes  -   -   -   -   -   (3,905)  (3,905)
Stock-based compensation expense                            
Restricted stock  158,308   -   2,517   -   -   -   2,517 
Stock options  -   -   104   -   -   -   104 
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation  (144,983)  -   (448)  -   -   -   (448)
Cash dividend of $0.18 per common share  -   -   -   -   (4,321)  -   (4,321)
BALANCE - December 31, 2014  29,933,086   141,377   26,350   (82,860)  5,610   (7,467)  83,010 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (3,350)  -   (3,350)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes  -   -   -   -   -   395   395 
Employee pension plan adjustments  -   -   -   -   -   395   395 
Stock-based compensation expense                                                        
Restricted stock  (119,791)  -   1,095   -   -   -   1,095   (119,791)  -   1,095   -   -   -   1,095 
Stock options  -   -   33   -   -   -   33   -   -   33   -   -   -   33 
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation  (85,740)  -   (186)  -   -   -   (186)  (85,740)  -   (186)  -   -   -   (186)
BALANCE - December 31, 2015  29,727,555  $141,377  $27,292  $(82,860) $2,260  $(7,072) $80,997   29,727,555   141,377   27,292   (82,860)  2,260   (7,072)  80,997 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (28,304)  -   (28,304)
Employee pension plan adjustments  -   -   -   -   -   971   971 
Stock-based compensation expense                            
Restricted stock  1,029,267   -   1,440   -   -   -   1,440 
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation  (71,805)  -   (178)  -   -   -   (178)
BALANCE - December 31, 2016  30,685,017   141,377   28,554   (82,860)  (26,044)  (6,101)  54,926 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (11,484)  -   (11,484)
Employee pension plan adjustments  -   -   -   -   -   1,591   1,591 
Stock-based compensation expense                            
Restricted stock  128,810   -   1,220   -   -   -   1,220 
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation  (189,420)  -   (440)  -   -   -   (440)
BALANCE - December 31, 2017  30,624,407  $141,377  $29,334  $(82,860) $(37,528) $(4,510) $45,813 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (In thousands)

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
                  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                  
Net loss $(3,350) $(56,133) $(51,286) $(11,484) $(28,304) $(3,350)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  14,506   19,338   23,701   8,702   11,066   14,506 
Amortization of deferred finance costs  554   818   474   583   949   554 
Write-off of deferred finance charges  2,161   -   - 
Deferred income taxes  -   (4,528)  26,490   (424)  -   - 
Loss (gain) on disposition of assets  1,738   41   (506)
Gain on capital lease termination  (3,062)  -   - 
(Gain) loss on disposition of assets  (1,622)  223   1,738 
Gain on capital lease termination, net  -   (6,710)  (3,062)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  216   42,958   6,194   -   21,367   216 
Fixed asset donation  (20)  (92)  (37)  (19)  (123)  (20)
Provision for doubtful accounts  13,583   15,500   15,532   13,720   14,592   13,583 
Stock-based compensation expense  1,128   2,621   2,995   1,220   1,440   1,128 
Deferred rent  (638)  (740)  (888)  (1,312)  (489)  (638)
(Increase) decrease in assets, net of acquisition of business:            
(Increase) decrease in assets:            
Accounts receivable  (13,216)  (14,470)  (15,049)  (15,733)  (15,700)  (13,216)
Inventories  9   372   408   30   201   9 
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable  530   7,638   (1,432)  55   87   530 
Prepaid expenses and current assets  444   (986)  (106)  532   412   444 
Other assets  (1,460)  231   (1,177)  (1,163)  (1,701)  (1,460)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities, net of acquisition of business:            
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:            
Accounts payable  1,004   (2,732)  1,461   (3,193)  742   1,004 
Accrued expenses  (450)  3,806   829   (3,613)  1,195   (450)
Pension plan liabilities  -   (271)  (672)
Unearned tuition  2,627   (1,190)  (4,453)  (131)  (6,854)  2,627 
Other liabilities  194   (159)  768   370   1,500   194 
Total adjustments  17,687   68,155   54,532   163   22,197   17,687 
Net cash provided by operating activities  14,337   12,022   3,246 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  (11,321)  (6,107)  14,337 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                        
Capital expenditures  (2,218)  (7,472)  (6,538)  (4,755)  (3,596)  (2,218)
Restricted cash  (790)  963   - 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  451   67   750   15,462   451   451 
Net cash used in investing activities  (1,767)  (7,405)  (5,788)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  9,917   (2,182)  (1,767)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                        
Proceeds from borrowings  53,500   47,500   59,500   75,900   -   53,500 
Payments on borrowings  (38,847)  (72,000)  (42,500)  (66,766)  (387)  (38,847)
Reclassifications of payments from borrowings to restricted cash  30,000   24,500   - 
Reclassifications of payments from borrowings from restricted cash  20,252   -   30,000 
Reclassifications of proceeds from borrowings to restricted cash  (22,621)  -   (54,500)  (32,802)  (4,993)  (22,621)
Proceeds of borrowings to restricted cash  (5,000)  -   - 
Payment of borrowings from restricted cash  5,000   -   - 
Payment of deferred finance fees  (2,823)  -   (863)  (1,241)  (645)  (2,823)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation  (186)  (448)  (797)  (440)  (178)  (186)
Dividends paid  -   (4,321)  (6,709)
Payments under capital lease obligations  (5,472)  (435)  (411)  -   (2,864)  (5,472)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  13,551   (5,204)  (46,280)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  26,121   (587)  (48,822)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  (5,097)  (9,067)  13,551 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  (6,501)  (17,356)  26,121 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year  12,299   12,886   61,708   21,064   38,420   12,299 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year $38,420  $12,299  $12,886  $14,563  $21,064  $38,420 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Continued)

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
                  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                  
Cash paid during the year for:                  
Interest $7,159  $4,597  $4,209  $2,790  $5,265  $7,159 
Income taxes $89  $145  $410  $139  $150  $89 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                        
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of fixed assets $979  $1,613  $93  $1,447  $2,048  $979 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-10

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 20152017 AND 20142016 AND FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20152017

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts, schools, training sites, campuses and unless otherwise stated)

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 3123 schools in 1514 states, and offeroffers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant, medical administrative assistant and pharmacy technician, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and business and information technology (which includes information technology and criminal justice programs).  The schools operate under the Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln College of New England, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

In the first quarter of 2015, the Company reorganized its operationsThe Company’s business is organized into three reportable business segments:  (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to businesses that have been or are currently being phasedtaught out.  InIn November 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan for the Company to divest 17 of the 18 schools included in its Healthcare and Other Professions businesscampuses then comprising the HOPS segment and, then, in December, 2015, the Board of Directors approveddue to a plan to cease operations of the remaining school in this segment located in Hartford, Connecticut. That school is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.  Divestiture of the Healthcare and Other Professions business segment marks astrategic shift in the Company’s business strategy intendedstrategy.  The Company underwent an exhaustive process to enabledivest the HOPS schools which proved successful in attracting various purchasers but, ultimately, did not result in a transaction that our Board believed would enhance shareholder value. By the end of 2017, we had strategically closed seven underperforming campuses leaving a total of 11 campuses remaining under the HOPS segment.   The Company believes that the closures of the aforementioned campuses has positioned the HOPS segment and the Company to focus energybe more profitable going forward as well as maximizing returns for the Company’s shareholders.

The combination of several factors, including the inability of a prospective buyer of the HOPS segment to close on the purchase, the improvements the Company has implemented in the HOPS segment operations, the closure of seven underperforming campuses and resources predominantly on Transportationthe change in the United States government administration, resulted in the Board reevaluating its divestiture plan and Skilled Trades though some other programs willthe determination that shareholder value would more likely be enhanced by continuing to operate our HOPS segment as revitalized.  Consequently, the Board of Directors has abandoned the plan to divest the HOPS segment and the Company now intends to retain and continue to be available at some campuses.operate the remaining campuses in the HOPS segment.  The results of operations of the 17 campuses included in the Healthcare and Other ProfessionsHOPS segment that are being divested are reflected as discontinuedcontinuing operations in the consolidated financial statements.

In 2016, the Company completed the teach-out of its Hartford, Connecticut, Fern Park, Florida and Henderson (Green Valley), Nevada campuses, which originally operated in the HOPS segment.  In 2017, the Company completed the teach-out of its Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Center City Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; West Palm Beach, Florida; Brockton, Massachusetts; and Lowell, Massachusetts schools, which also were originally in our HOPS segment and all of which were taught out and closed by December 2017 and are included in the Transitional segment as of December 31, 2017.

On August 14, 2017, New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, consummated the sale of the real property located at 2400 and 2410 Metrocentre Boulevard East, West Palm Beach, Florida, including the improvements and other personal property located thereon (the “West Palm Beach Property”) to Tambone Companies, LLC (“Tambone”), pursuant to a previously disclosed purchase and sale agreement (the “West Palm Sale Agreement”) entered into on March 14, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the West Palm Sale Agreement, as subsequently amended, the purchase price for the West Palm Beach Property was $15.8 million. As a result, the Company recorded a gain on the sale in the amount of $1.5 million. As previously disclosed, the West Palm Beach Property served as collateral for a short term loan in the principal amount of $8.0 million obtained by the Company from its lender, Sterling National Bank, on April 28, 2017, which loan matured upon the earlier of the sale of the West Palm Beach Property or October 1, 2017. Accordingly, on August 14, 2017, concurrently with the consummation of the sale of the West Palm Beach Property, the Company repaid the term loan in an aggregate amount of $8.0 million, consisting of principal and accrued interest.

LiquidityFor the last several years, the Company and the proprietary school sector have faced deteriorating earnings. Government regulations have negatively impacted earnings by making it more difficult for prospectivepotential students to obtain loans, which, when coupled with the overall economic environment, have hindered prospectivediscouraged potential students from enrolling in post-secondary schools. In light of these factors, the Company has incurred significant operating losses as a result of lower student population.  Despite these events,challenges, the Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months.months and thereafter for the foreseeable future.  At December 31, 2015,2017, the Company’s sources of cash primarily included cash from operations, and cash and cash equivalents of $61.0$54.5 million (of which $22.6$40.0 million is restricted) which increased from December 31, 2014 mainly from $19.2and $4.4 million related toof availability under the Company’s new termrevolving loan net of finance fees.facility. Refer to Note 7 for more information on the Company’s revolving loan facility.  The Company is also continuing to take actions to improve cash flow by aligning its cost structure to its student population.

F-11

In addition to the current sources of capital discussed above that provide short term liquidity, the Company planshas been making efforts to sell approximately $31.7 millionits Mangonia Park, Palm Beach County, Florida property and associated assets originally operated in assets net of liabilities,the HOPS segment, which are currentlyhas been classified as held for sale and are expected to be sold within one year from the date of classification in which up to $10 million will be required to pay down debt.sale.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue RecognitionRevenues are derived primarily from programs taught at the Company’sour schools.  Tuition revenues, textbook sales and one-time fees, such as nonrefundable application fees and course material fees, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the applicable program as the student proceeds through the program, which is the period of time from a student’s start date through his or her graduation date, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation, and the Company completeswe complete the performance of teaching the student which entitles the Companyus to the revenue.  Other revenues, such as tool sales and contract training revenues are recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered. On an individual student basis, tuition earned in excess of cash received is recorded as accounts receivable, and cash received in excess of tuition earned is recorded as unearned tuition.Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

F-11

The Company evaluatesWe evaluate whether collectability of revenue is reasonably assured prior to the student attending class and reassessesreassess collectability of tuition and fees when a student withdraws from a course.  The Company calculatesWe calculate the amount to be returned under Title IV and its stated refund policy to determine eligible charges and, if there is a balance due from the student after this calculation, the Companywe expect payment from the student and the Company hasstudent.  We have a process to pursue uncollected accounts whereby, based upon the student’s financial means and ability to pay, a payment plan is established with the student to ensure that collectability is reasonable.  The CompanyWe continuously monitors itsmonitor our historical collections to identify potential trends that may impact our determination that collectability of receivables for withdrawn students is realizable.  If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the period of time the student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of his or her withdrawal date. These refunds typically reduce deferred tuition revenue and cash on our consolidated balance sheets as the Companywe generally doesdo not recognize tuition revenue in itsour consolidated statements of income (loss) until the related refund provisions have lapsed. Based on the application of itsour refund policies, the Companywe may be entitled to incremental revenue on the day the student withdraws from one of itsour schools. Prior to the year-ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded this incremental revenue, any related student receivable and any estimate of the amount it did not expect to collect as bad debt expense during the quarter a student withdrew based on its analysis of the collectability of such amounts on an aggregate student portfolio basis, for which the Company had significant historical experience. Beginning in the three months ended December 31 2015, the Company recordedWe record revenue for students who withdraw from one of itsour schools when payment is received because collectability on an individual student basis is not reasonably assured. The Company determined incremental revenue recognized for students who withdrew during the nine-months ended September 30, 2015 to be an immaterial error which was corrected during the fourth quarter of 2015. This resulted in a reduction of net revenues by $0.3 million and bad debt expense by $0.2 million, which resulted in an increase to the loss from continuing operations of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, this correction reduced net student receivables from continuing operations by $0.1 million.  Prior year amounts, including quarterly financial results were not restated because the effects were not material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the Department of Education’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash consists of deposits maintained at financial institutions under a cash collateralizedcollateral agreement underpursuant to the Company’s credit agreement and cash collateralizedcollateral for letters of credit.  $15.3The amount of $32.8 million and $20.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, of restricted cash is included in long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet as the restriction is greater than one year.  Refer to Note 87 for more information on the Company’s term loan.revolving credit facility.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student's status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and FacilitiesDepreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating (loss) income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.
 
F-12

Rent Expense—Rent expense related to operating leases where scheduled rent increases exist, is determined by expensing the total amount of rent due over the life of the operating lease on a straight-line basis. The difference between the rent paid under the terms of the lease and the rent expensed on a straight-line basis is included in accrued rent and other long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $15.1$27.0 million, $15.1$28.0 million and $15.6$28.2 million from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit’s carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

When we test goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2015, the Companywe conducted itsour annual test for goodwill impairment and determined itwe did not have an impairment.  The fair valueAt December 31, 2016, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we had an impairment of the Company’s reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in its multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.  The Company$9.9 million.  We concluded that as of September 30, 2015 there was an indicator of potential impairment as a result of a decrease in market capitalization and, accordingly, the Companywe tested goodwill for impairment.  The test indicated that one of the Company’sour reporting units was impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $0.2 million ($0.2 million of which is included in the transportation and skilled trades segment) for the three months ended September 30, 2015.

At December 31, 2014, the Company conducted its annual test for goodwill impairment and determined it did not have an impairment.  The fair value of the Company’s reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in its multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.  The Company concluded that as of September 30, 2014 there was an indicator of potential impairment as a result of a decrease in market capitalization and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill for impairment.  The test indicated that ten of the Company’s reporting units were impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $39.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 ($0.2 million and $38.8 million of which is included in the transportation and skilled trades segment and discontinued operations, respectively).

At December 31, 2013, the Company conducted its annual test for goodwill impairment and determined it did not have an impairment.  The fair value of the Company’s reporting units were determined using Level 3 inputs included in its multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach.  As of June 30, 2013, the Company concluded that current period losses at two reporting units, which resulted in a deterioration of current and projected cash flows, was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, tested goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment.  The tests indicated that these two reporting units were impaired, which resulted in a pre-tax non-cash charge of $3.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 ($3.1 million of which is included in discontinued operations).

Impairment of Long-Lived AssetsThe Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the three monthsyear ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2015, there was no long-lived asset impairment.  Long-lived assets were tested at the campuses as a result of classifying assets held for sale and certain financial indicators such as the Company’s history of losses, current respective period losses, as well as future projected losses at these campuses.

The Company concluded that, for the three monthsyear ended December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014,2016, there was sufficient evidence to conclude that there was an impairment of certain long-lived assets at one and six of the Company’s campuses, respectively.  Long-lived assets had been tested at these campuses as a result of certain financial indicators such as the Company’s history of losses, current respective period losses, as well as future projected losses at these campuses.  The long-lived assets impairmentwhich resulted in a pre-tax charge of $1.5 million for leasehold improvements ($1.5 million included in the transportation and skilled trades segment) as of December 31, 2014 and $1.9 million for leasehold improvements ($1.5 million and $0.4 million included in the transitional segment and discontinued operations, respectively) and $0.5 million ($0.5 million included in discontinued operations) for intangible assets as of September 30, 2014.
F-13

The Company concluded that for the three months ended December 31, 2013, there was no long-lived asset impairment.  The Company concluded that as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013, there was sufficient evidence to conclude that there were impairments of certain long-lived assets at four and two of our campuses, respectively.  Long lived assets had been tested at these campuses as a result of certain financial indicators such as our history of losses, our current respective period losses, as well as future projected losses at these campuses.  The long-lived assets impairment resulted in a pre-tax charge of $1.4 million ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations) and $1.7 million ($1.7 million included in discontinued operations) for leasehold improvements as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively.$11.5 million.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company's cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance limit of $0.25 million. The Company's cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2015,2017, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC Corporation (“FDIC”) by approximately $60.1$53.9 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students' participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 20152017 and 2014.2016.

F-13

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans—The Company measures the value of stock options on the grant date at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  The Company amortizes the fair value of stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company measures the value of service and performance-based restricted stock on the fair value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant. The Company amortizes the fair value of service basedservice-based restricted stock utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company amortizes the fair value of the performance-based restricted stock based on determination of the probable outcome of the performance condition.  If the performance condition is expected to be met, then the Company amortizes the fair value of the number of shares expected to vest utilizing straight-line basis over the requisite performance period of the grant.  However, if the associated performance condition is not expected to be met, then the Company does not recognize the stock-based compensation expense.

Income TaxesThe Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.  See information regarding the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in Note 10.
 
F-14

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 20152017 and 2014, the2016, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions are not significant to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.positions.

Start-up CostsCosts related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

Reclassification On November 3, 2015During the Board of Directors approved a plan for the Company to divest 17 of the 18 schools included in its Healthcare and Other Professions business segment.  In 2015,year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified amount reflectedcertain amounts previously included in held for sale to held for use in the  20142016 Consolidated Balance Sheet.  In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified 2016 and 2013 consolidated statements2015 amounts from discontinued operations to continuing operations in Consolidated Statements of operations related to the 17 schools into discontinued operations.Operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2015,The Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) has issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) — Scope of Modification Accounting.” ASU 2017-09 applies to entities that change the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The FASB issuedadopted ASU 2017-09 to provide clarity and reduce diversity in practice as well as cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, to the modification of the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments provide guidance on determining which simplifieschanges to the balance sheet classificationterms and conditions of deferred taxes. The guidance requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. This guidanceshare-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718. ASU 2017-09 is effective for all entities for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for public business entities for annualreporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The adoption of ASU 2017-09 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, "Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost." ASU 2017-07 requires that an employer report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the statement of comprehensive income separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of operating income. The ASU is effective for interim periods within thoseannual periods beginning after December 15, 20162017. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2017-07 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F-14

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.”  ASU 2017-04 provides amendments to Accounting Standards Code (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” which eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Entities should perform their goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The amendments in this update are effective prospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted.  The Company early adopted the provisions of ASU 2017-04 as of December 31, 2015.  While the guidance does have anApril 1, 2017.  As fair values for our operating units exceed their carrying values, there has been no impact on our balance sheet classification, it does not have a material impact on our results of operations,consolidated financial condition or the financial statement disclosures.statements.

In April 2015,November 2016, the FASB issued accountingASU 2016-18: “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” This guidance relatedwas issued to address the disparity that exists in the classification and presentation of debt issuance costschanges in restricted cash on the balance sheet as a direct reduction fromstatement of cash flows. The amendments will require that the carrying amountstatement of cash flows explain the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, rather than as an asset.  Amortization of debt issuance costs will continue to be reported as interest expense.  Debt issuance costs related to revolving credit arrangements, however, will continue to be presented as an assetchange during the period in total cash, cash equivalents and amortized ratably over the term of the arrangement.  In August 2015, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs associated with line-of-credit arrangements which clarifies that companies may continue to present unamortized debt issuance costs associated with line of credit arrangements as an asset.  These pronouncementsrestricted cash. The amendments are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted.fiscal years. The amendments will be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The Company anticipates that the adoption will not early adopt this new guidance and it will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-01, Income Statement – Extraordinary and Unusual Items. ASU 2015-01 simplifies income statement classification by removing the concept of extraordinary items from U.S. GAAP. Under the existing guidance, an entity is required to separately disclose extraordinary items, net of tax, in the income statement after income from continuing operations if an event or transaction is of unusual nature and occurs infrequently. This separate, net-of-tax presentation (and corresponding earnings per share impact) will no longer be allowed. The existing requirement to separately present items that are of unusual nature or occur infrequently on a pre-tax basis within income from continuing operations has been retained. The new guidance also requires similar separate presentation of items that are both unusual and infrequent. The guidance, effective for the Company on January 1, 2016, with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments” to address eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The amendments are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company anticipates that the adoption will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company prospectively adopted ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share Based Payment Accounting,” to the consolidated statement of operations for the recognition of tax benefits within the provision for taxes, which previously would have been recorded to additional paid-in capital. The impact for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0. In addition, the Company retrospectively recognized no tax benefits within operating activities within the consolidated statements of cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The presentation requirements for cash flows related to employee taxes paid for withheld shares had no impact to any of the periods presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows, since such cash flows have historically been presented in financing activities. The treatment of forfeitures has not changed as the Company is electing to continue the current process of estimating the number of forfeitures. There was no cumulative effect adjustment required to retained earnings under the prospective method as of the beginning of the year because all tax benefits had been previously recognized when the tax deductions related to stock compensation were utilized to reduce tax payable. The Company is not recording deferred tax assets or tax losses as a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-09.

In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard, ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”  The amendments include ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)—Principal versus Agent Considerations,” issued in March 2016, which clarifies the implementation guidance for principal versus agent considerations in ASU 2014-09, and ASU 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)—Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing,” issued in April 2016, which amends the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 related to identifying performance obligations.  The new standard – ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Abilitywill supersede previous existing revenue recognition guidance. The standard creates a five-step model for revenue recognition that requires companies to Continue as a Going Concern - that will explicitly require managementexercise judgment when considering contract terms and relevant facts and circumstances. The five-step model includes (1) identifying the contract, (2) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (3) determining the transaction price, (4) allocating the transaction price to evaluate whether therethe separate performance obligations and (5) recognizing revenue when each performance obligation has been satisfied. The standard also requires expanded disclosures surrounding revenue recognition. The standard is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concerneffective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. According toallows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective adoption.
We adopted the new standard substantial doubt about an entity’s abilityeffective January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach.  The Company’s revenue streams primarily consist of tuition and related services provided to continuestudents over the course of the program as well as other transactional revenue such as tools.  Based on the Company's assessment, the analysis of the contract portfolio under Topic 606 results in the revenue for the majority of the Company's student contracts being recognized over time which is consistent with the Company's previous revenue recognition model. For all student contracts, there is continuous transfer of control to the student and the number of performance obligations under Topic 606 is consistent with those identified under the existing standard. The Company determined the impact of the adoption on revenue recognition for student contracts to be immaterial on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance requiring lessees to recognize a going concern exists if itright-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for substantially all leases, with the exception of short-term leases. Leases will be classified as either financing or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the statements of income. The guidance is probableeffective for annual periods, including interim periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date the entity’s financial statements are issued. In order to determine the specific disclosures, if any, that would be required, management will need to assess if substantial doubt exists, and, if so, whether its plans will alleviate such substantial doubt. The new standard requires assessment each annual and interim period and will be effective for the Company on December 31, 2016 with earlier application permitted.  The Company does not believe this guidanceupdate will have any impact on itsthe Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
F-15

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new standard related to revenue recognition, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The new standard will replace most of the existing revenue recognition standards in GAAP.  In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date.  In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, wherein it was approved to defer the effective date of revenue standard ASU 2014-09 by one year for all entities and permits early adoption on a limited basis.  The new standard can be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of the change recognized at the date of the initial application. The Company is assessing the potential impact of the new standard on financial reporting and has not yet selected a transition method.

In April 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance on the use and presentation of discontinued operations in an entity's consolidated financial statements. The new guidance restricts the presentation of discontinued operations to business circumstances when the disposal of business operations represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The guidance became effective on January 1, 2015. Adoption is on a prospective basis.  The Company adopted the new guidance as of December 31, 2014.

2.FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company’s schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the "DOE"). During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 2014approximately 78%, 79% and 2013, approximately 80% respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, the Company calculated that no individual DOE reporting entity received more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis under DOE regulations, from the Title IV Program funds.  The Company’s calculations may be subject to review by the DOE.  Under DOE regulations, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year, ending after August 14, 2008, will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company’s institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

Regulatory Compliance

To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. For this reason, the schools are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities. After the schools receive the required certifications by the appropriate entities, the schools must demonstrate their compliance with the DOE regulations of the Title IV Programs on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the requirement that the Companyinstitution must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based upon the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution. The DOE calculates the institution's composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit. This composite score can range from -1 to +3.
F-16


The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.  If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.”  Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the titleTitle IV programsPrograms by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which we arethe institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (HCM1) payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE in an amount determined by the DOE and equal to at least 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by our institutionsthe institution during the most recent fiscal year.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, we arethe institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (HCM2) and reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  If a Company’s composite score is below 1.5 for three consecutive years a Companyan institution may be able to continue to operate under the Zone Alternative; however, this determination is made solely by the DOE.  If a Company’san institution’s composite score drops below 1.0 in a given year or if its composite score remains between 1.0 and 1.4 for three or more consecutive years, it may be required to meet alternative requirements for continuing to participate in Title IV programsPrograms by submitting a letter of credit, complying with monitoring requirements, disbursing Title IV Program funds under the HCM1, HCM2, or reimbursement payment methods, and complying with other requirements and conditions.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school undersubject to HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or his or her parent provideprovides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.  This requirement may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial position.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years; however, this determination is made solely by the DOE.  If an institution’s composite score is between 1.0 and 1.4 after three or more consecutive years with a composite score below 1.5, it may be required to meet alternative requirements for continuing to participate in Title IV programsPrograms by submitting a letter of credit, complying with monitoring requirements, disbursing Title IV Program funds under the HCM1, HCM2, or reimbursement payment methods, and complying with other requirements and conditions.

If an institution's composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE's financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its financial responsibility on an alternative basis by, among other things:

F-16

·Posting a letter of credit in an amount determined by the DOE equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution's most recently completed fiscal year;
·Posting a letter of credit in an amount determined by the DOE equal to at least 10% of such prior year's Title IV Program funds, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE's standard advance funding arrangement.

For the 2017 fiscal year, the Company calculated its composite score to be 1.1.  The score is subject to determination by the DOE once it receives and reviews the Company’s audited financial statements for the 2017 fiscal year.  The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis.  The Company has submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 20142016 and 20132015 fiscal year reflecting a composite score of 1.31.5 and 1.4,1.9, respectively, based upon its calculations.  The Company chose

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the “Zone Alternative” option described above because, among other things, it does not requireamount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them, and must return those unearned funds to the CompanyDOE or the applicable lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the students in the audit or program review sample or if the regulatory auditor identifies a material weakness in the institution’s report on internal controls relating to the return of unearned Title IV Program funds, the institution may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE in an amount equal to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that should have been timely returned for students who withdrew in the institution's previous fiscal year.

On January 11, 2018, the DOE sent letters to our Columbia, Maryland and Iselin, New Jersey institutions requiring each institution to submit a letter of credit to the DOE and because the HCM1 payment method is less burdensome than the HCM2 or reimbursement methodsbased on findings of payment that the DOE has the authority to impose. The Company believes that, prior to moving to the HCM1 payment method on October 22, 2014, its procedures for processing Title IV payments were similar to those now required under the HCM1 payment method.  As of this date, the Company not identified any impact on our ability to make disbursementslate returns of Title IV Program funds in the annual Title IV compliance audits submitted to its studentsthe DOE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  Our Iselin institution provided evidence demonstrating that only 3% of the Title IV Program funds returned were late.  However, the DOE concluded that a letter of credit would nevertheless be required for each institution because the regulatory auditor included a finding that there was a material weakness in our report on internal controls relating to return of unearned Title IV Program funds.  We disagree with the regulatory auditor’s conclusion that a material weakness could exist if the error rate in the expanded audit sample is only 3% or approximately $20,000 and we believe that the regulatory auditor’s conclusion is erroneous.  We requested the DOE to receive funds forreconsider the letter of credit requirement.  However, by letter dated February 7, 2018, DOE maintained that the refund letters of credit were necessary but agreed that the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  If we remaineach letter of credit could be based on the HCM1 payment method on or after July 1,returns that were required to be made by each institution in the 2017 fiscal year rather than the 2016 fiscal year.  Accordingly, we may have to modify our procedures for paymentsubmitted letters of credit balancesin the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million to student to comply with the aforementioned new requirements to pay credit balances before drawing down funds from the DOE.

For the 2015 fiscal year, the Company calculated its composite score to be 1.9.  This number is subject to determinationDOE by the DOE once it receivesFebruary 23, 2018 deadline and reviews the Company’s audited financial statementsexpect that these letters of credit will remain in place for the 2015 fiscal year.  If the DOE determines that our composite score is 1.5 or higher, our composite score would be high enough for our institutions to be deemed financially responsible and could result in the DOE no longer requiring us to comply with the Zone Alternative requirements or the requirement to use the HCM1 payment method.  Such determination would be subject to DOE determination and the absencea minimum of other factors supporting these requirements.two years.

3.WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted income per share for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, respectively were as follows:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Basic shares outstanding  23,166,977   22,814,105   22,513,391   23,906,395   23,453,427   23,166,977 
Dilutive effect of stock options  -   -   -   -   -   - 
Diluted shares outstanding  23,166,977   22,814,105   22,513,391   23,906,395   23,453,427   23,166,977 

For the yearyears ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, options to acquire 60,161; 119,722;570,306; 773,078; and 222,707119,722 shares, respectively, were excluded from the above table because the Company reported a net loss for the year and therefore their impact on reported loss per share would have been antidilutive.  For the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, options to acquire 391,935; 795,985;167,667; 218,167; and 657,083391,935 shares; respectively, were excluded from the above table because they have an exercise price that is greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock and, therefore, their impact on reported (loss) earningsloss per share would have been antidilutive.
F-17

In 2013 and 2014, the Company issued certain members of management performance shares that vest when certain performance conditions are met.  As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 none of these performance conditions were not met.  Accordingly, 152,837; 360,402; and 441,552 shares of outstanding performance shares have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Refer to Note 9 for more information on performance shares.

4.DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

2015 Event

On November 3, 2015 the Board of Directors approved a plan for the Company to divest 17 of the 18 schools included in its Healthcare and Other Professions segment.  The planned divestiture of the Company’s Healthcare and Other Professions segment constitutes a strategic shift for the Company.  The results of operations of these campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.  Implementation of the plan will result in the Company’s operations focused solely on the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.

On December 3, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Hartford, Connecticut school which is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.

In addition, as of September 30, 2015 the Company had two campuses held for sale.  With the approval of the plan to divest the Healthcare and Other Professions segment one of the campuses is no longer included as held for sale as the Company plans to sell this campus have changed; the campus is included in the transportation and skilled trades segment.

The results of operations at these 17 campuses for the three year periods ended December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Revenue $112,882  $122,133  $125,916 
             
Loss before income tax  (642)  (37,411)  (3,870)
Income tax benefit  -   (2,746)  - 
Net loss from discontinued operations $(642) $(34,665) $(3,870)

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $37.6 million and $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

2014 Event

On December 3, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at five training sites in Florida.  The Company performed a cost benefit analysis on several schools and concluded that the training sites contained a high fixed cost component and has had difficulty attracting enough students due to high competition to maintain a stable profit margin. Accordingly, the Company ceased operations at these campuses as of December 31, 2014.  This was a strategic shift to close all of the Company’s training sites and all locations that do not accept Title IV payments.  The results of operations of these campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these five training sites for the two year periods ended December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2014  2013 
Revenue $2,140  $3,512 
         
Loss before income tax  (6,731)  (2,635)
Income tax benefit  (85)  - 
Net loss from discontinued operations $(6,646) $(2,635)

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
F-18

2013 Event

On June 18, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at four campuses in Ohio and one campus in Kentucky consisting of the Company’s Dayton institution and its branch campuses.  Federal legislation implemented on July 1, 2012 that prohibits “ability to benefit” (“ATB”) students from participating in federal student financial aid programs led to a dramatic decrease in the number of students attending these five campuses.  Accordingly, the Company ceased operations at these campuses as of December 31, 2013.  The results of operations of these campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these five campuses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

  
Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2013 
Revenue $7,724 
     
Loss before income tax  (17,287)
Income tax expense (benefit)  239 
Net loss from discontinued operations $(17,526)

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

5.GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 20152017 and 20142016 are as follows:

  
Gross
Goodwill
Balance
  
Accumulated
Impairment
 Losses
  
Net
Goodwill
Balance
 
Balance as of January 1, 2014 $117,176  $(54,711) $62,465 
Asset held for sale (2)  (1,304)  -   (1,304)
Goodwill impairment (1)  -   (38,954)  (38,954)
Balance as of December 31, 2014  115,872   (93,665)  22,207 
Asset held for sale, net (2)  (7,455)  -   (7,455)
Goodwill impairment  -   (216)  (216)
Balance as of December 31, 2015 $108,417  $(93,881) $14,536 
  
Gross
 Goodwill
Balance
  
Accumulated
 Impairment
Losses
  
Net
Goodwill
 Balance
 
Balance as of January 1, 2016 $117,176  $93,881  $23,295 
Impairment  -   8,759   8,759 
Balance as of December 31, 2016  117,176   102,640   14,536 
Adjustments  -   -   - 
Balance as of December 31, 2017 $117,176  $102,640  $14,536 

(1)$38.8 million included in discontinued operations in the year ended December 31, 2014.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 the goodwill balance of $14.5 million is related to the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.
(2)Refer to Note 6 for more information on assets held for sale.
F-19


Intangible assets, which are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consisted of the following:

  
Trade
Name
  Accreditation  Curriculum  Total 
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2014 $310  $1,064  $550  $1,924 
Asset held for sale (2)  -   (1,064)  (390)  (1,454)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2015  310   -   160   470 
                 
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2014  264   -   469   733 
Amortization  44   -   21   65 
Asset held for sale (2)  -   -   (378)  (378)
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2015  308   -   112   420 
                 
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2015 $2  $-  $48  $50 
                 
Weighted average amortization period (years)  7  Indefinite   10     
  Curriculum  Total 
Gross carrying amount at January 1, 2017 $160  $160 
Additions  -   - 
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2017  160   160 
         
Accumulated amortization at January 1, 2017  128   128 
Amortization  16   16 
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2017  144   144 
         
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2017 $16  $16 
         
Weighted average amortization period (years)  10     

  
Indefinite
Trade
 Name
  
Trade
Name
  Accreditation  Curriculum  Non-compete  Total 
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2013 $180  $335  $1,166  $1,124  $200  $3,005 
Impairment (1)  (180)  (25)  (102)  (574)  (200)  (1,081)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2014  -   310   1,064   550   -   1,924 
                         
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2013  -   228   -   828   68   1,124 
Impairment (1)  -   (12)  -   (448)  (95)  (555)
Amortization  -   48   -   89   27   164 
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2014  -   264   -   469   -   733 
                         
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2014 $-  $46  $1,064  $81  $-  $1,191 
                         
Weighted average amortization period (years) Indefinite   7  Indefinite   10   3     

(1)Refer to Note 1 for more information related to the impairment.
(2)Refer to Note 6 for more information on assets held for sale.
  Trade Name  Curriculum  Total 
Gross carrying amount at January 1, 2016 $310  $160  $470 
Additions  -   -   - 
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2016  310   160   470 
             
Accumulated amortization at January 1, 2016  308   112   420 
Amortization  2   16   18 
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2016  310   128   438 
             
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2016 $-  $32  $32 
             
Weighted average amortization period (years)  7   10     

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 2014 and 2013 was approximatelyless than $0.1 million $0.2 million and $0.4 million,for each of the three years, respectively.
 
F-20F-18

The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense:

Year Ending December 31,
      
2016 $18 
2017  16 
2018  16  $16 
    
 $50 

6.5.PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

  
Useful life
(years)
  At December 31, 
     2015  2014 
Land  -  $10,054  $5,338 
Buildings and improvements  1-25   112,270   128,973 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures  1-7   65,445   71,005 
Vehicles  3   617   1,300 
Construction in progress  -   159   34 
       188,545   206,650 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization      (122,037)  (136,910)
      $66,508  $69,740 

Included above in buildings and improvements are buildings acquired under capital leases as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 of $3.0 million and $26.8 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $1.4 million and $10.6 million, respectively.
  Useful life (years)  At December 31, 
     2017  2016 
Land  -  $6,969  $6,969 
Buildings and improvements  1-25   127,027   124,826 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures  1-7   81,772   79,029 
Vehicles  3   883   848 
Construction in progress  -   161   925 
       216,812   212,597 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization      (163,946)  (157,152)
      $52,866  $55,445 

Included above in equipment, furniture and fixtures are assets acquired under capital leases as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Included above in buildings and improvements is capitalized interest as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 of $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $11.9$8.7 million, $15.3$11.0 million and $16.6$10.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, respectively.

As discussed in Note 4, on November 3, 2015 the Board of Directors approved a plan for1, the Company sold two real properties in West Palm Beach, Florida in 2017 and the Company has been making efforts to divest 17 of the 18 schools included insell its Healthcareremaining Mangonia Park Palm Beach County, Florida property and Other Professions business segment.  The Company anticipates that these properties will be sold during 2016.  Accordingly, theassociated assets have been reflected as “held for sale”originally operated in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.  In addition, during the quarter ended September 30, 2015 the Company had two campuses held for sale.  With the approval of the plan to divest the Healthcare and Other Professions businessHOPS segment, one of the campuses is no longer includedwhich has been classified as held for sale.
F-21

The assets and liabilities held for sale consist of the following:

  
At December 31,
2015
  
At December 31,
2014
 
Inventories $845  $411 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $3,923 and $1,545 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  5,323   1,527 
Prepaid expense and other current assets  868   - 
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $228 and $95 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  1,669   671 
Property, equipment and facilities - at cost, net of accumluated depreciation and amortization of $36,038 and $17,843 at December 31, 2015and 2014, respectively  27,250   50,252 
Goodwill  8,759   1,304 
Other assets, net  1,197   - 
Unearned tuition  (10,242)  (2,536)
Accrued expenses  (1,720)  (699)
Accrued rent  (2,274)  - 
Assets held for sale, net $31,675  $50,930 

7.6.ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 At December 31,  At December 31, 
 2015  2014  2017  2016 
Accrued compensation and benefits $6,526  $5,787  $3,114  $7,571 
Accrued rent and real estate taxes $1,928  $3,251   3,151   3,365 
Other accrued expenses  3,703   4,827   5,506   4,432 
 $12,157  $13,865  $11,771  $15,368 

8.7.          LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt and lease obligations consist of the following:

  At December 31, 
  2015  2014 
Term loan (a) $44,653  $- 
Credit agreement (a)  -   30,000 
Finance obligation (b)  9,672   9,672 
Capital lease-property (with a rate of 8.0%) (c)  3,899   25,509 
   58,224   65,181 
Less current maturities  (10,114)  (30,471)
  $48,110  $34,710 
  At December 31, 
  2017  2016 
Credit agreement $53,400  $- 
Term loan  -   44,267 
Deferred financing fees  (807)  (2,310)
   52,593   41,957 
Less current maturities  -   (11,713)
  $52,593  $30,244 
 
F-22F-19

(a) 
On JulyMarch 31, 2015,2017, the Company entered into a secured revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with three lenders, AlostarSterling National Bank of Commerce (“Alostar”), HPF Holdco, LLC and Rushing Creek 4, LLC, led by HPF Service, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”“Bank”), for an pursuant to which the Company obtained a credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $45up to $55 million (the “Term Loan”“Credit Facility”).  The July 31, 2015Credit Facility consists of (a) a $30 million loan facility (“Facility 1”), which is comprised of a $25 million revolving loan designated as “Tranche A” and a $5 million non-revolving loan designated as “Tranche B,” which Tranche B was repaid during the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and (b) a $25 million revolving loan facility (“Facility 2”), which includes a sublimit amount for letters of credit agreement, alongof $10 million.  The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended, on November 29, 2017, to provide the Company with subsequent amendmentsan additional $15 million revolving credit loan (“Facility 3”), resulting in an increase in the aggregate availability under the Credit Facility to $65 million.  The Credit Agreement was again amended on February 23, 2018, to, among other things, effect certain modifications to the financial covenants and other provisions of the Credit Agreement dated December 31, 2015 and to allow the Company to pursue the sale of certain real property assets. The February 29, 2016, are collectively referred23, 2018 amendment increased the interest rate for borrowings under Tranche A of Facility 1 to asa rate per annum equal to the “Credit Agreement.”  Asgreater of December 31, 2015(x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.85% and prior(y) 6.00%. Prior to the most recent amendment of the Credit Agreement, revolving loans outstanding under Tranche A of Facility 1 bore interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% and (y) 6.00%.

The Credit Facility replaces a term loan facility (the “Prior Credit Facility”) which was repaid and terminated concurrently with the effectiveness of a second amendment to the Credit AgreementFacility.  The term of the Credit Facility is 38 months, maturing on February 29, 2016 (the “Second Amendment”),May 31, 2020, except that the Term Loan consisted of a $30 million term loan (the “Term Loan A”) from HPF Holdco, LLC, Rushing Creek 4, LLC and Tiger Capital Group, LLC,Facility 3 will mature one year earlier, on May 31, 2019.
The Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien in favor of the AgentBank on substantially all of the real and personal property owned by the Company and a $15 million term loan (the “Term Loan B”) from Alostar securedas well as mortgages on four parcels of real property owned by a $15.3 million cash collateral account. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company received an additional $5 million term loan from Alostar within Colorado, Tennessee and Texas at which three of the Company’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company repaid $5 millionlocated in Connecticut.

At the closing of the principal amount ofCredit Facility, the Term Loan A.  Accordingly, upon the effectiveness of the Second Amendment, the aggregate term loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement remains at approximately $45 million, consisting of an approximateCompany drew $25 million Term Loanunder Tranche A and a $20 million Term Loan B.  In addition,of Facility 1, which, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the amount of cash collateral securing the Term Loan B was increased to $20.3 million.  At the Company’s request, a percentage of the cash collateral may be released to the Company at the Agent’s sole discretion and with the consent of Alostar upon the satisfaction of certain criteria as outlined in the Credit Agreement.  The Term Loan, which matures on July 31, 2019, replaces a previously existing $20 million revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, which was due to expire on April 5, 2016.  The previously existing revolving credit facility was terminated concurrently with the effective dateterms of the Credit Agreement, on July 31, 2015 (the “Closing Date”).was used to repay the Prior Credit Facility and to pay transaction costs associated with closing the Credit Facility.  After the disbursements of such amounts, the Company retained approximately $1.8 million of the borrowed amount for working capital purposes.

A portionAlso, at closing, $5 million was drawn under Tranche B and, pursuant to the terms of the proceedsCredit Agreement, was deposited into an interest-bearing pledged account (the “Pledged Account”) in the name of the Term Loan were used byCompany maintained at the Bank in order to secure payment obligations of the Company with respect to (i) repay approximately $6.3the costs of remediation of any environmental contamination discovered at certain of the mortgaged properties based upon environmental studies undertaken at such properties. During the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the environmental studies were completed and revealed no environmental issues existing at the properties.  Accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the $5 million in the Pledged Account was released and used to repay the non-revolving loan outstanding under Tranche B.  Upon the repayment of Tranche B, the maximum principal accrued interestamount of Facility 1 was permanently reduced to $25 million.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, all draws under Facility 2 for letters of credit or revolving loans and fees dueall draws under the previously existing revolving credit facility, (ii) fund the $20.3 millionFacility 3 must be secured by cash collateral account securing the portionin an amount equal to 100% of the Term Loan provided by Alostar, (iii) fund approximately $7.4 million in a cash collateral account securingaggregate stated amount of the letters of credit issued under the previously existingand revolving credit facility that remainloans outstanding after the termination of that facility and (iv) pay transaction expenses in connection with the Term Loan and the terminationthrough draws from Facility 1 or other available cash of the previously existing revolving credit facility.  The remaining proceeds of the Term Loan of approximately $13.3 million may be used by the Company to finance capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement.Company.

Interest will accrueAccrued interest on the Term Loan at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) 11% or (ii) 90-day LIBOR plus 9%  determined monthly by the Agent andeach revolving loan will be payable monthly in arrears.  The principal balanceRevolving loans under Tranche A of Facility 1 will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.85% and (y) 6.00%.  Prior to the February 23, 2018 amendment of the Term LoanCredit Agreement, the per annum interest rate for revolving loans outstanding under Tranche A of Facility 1 was equal to the greater of (x) the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% and (y) 6.00%.  The amount borrowed under Tranche B of Facility 1 and revolving loans under Facility 2 and Facility 3 will be repaid inbear interest at a rate per annum equal monthly installments, commencing on August 1, 2017, determined asto the quotientgreater of (i) 10% of(x) the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan as of July 2, 2017 divided by (ii) 12.  A final installment of principalBank’s prime rate and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due on the maturity date of the Term Loan.(y) 3.50%.

The Term Loan may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, subject to
Each issuance of a letter of credit under Facility 2 will require the payment of a prepayment premiumletter of credit fee to the Bank equal to (i) 5%a rate per annum of the principal amount prepaid at any time up to but not including the second anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) 3% of the principal amount prepaid at any time commencing1.75% on the second anniversarydaily amount available to be drawn under the letter of credit, which fee shall be payable in quarterly installments in arrears.  Letters of credit totaling $6.2 million that were outstanding under a $9.5 million letter of credit facility previously provided to the Closing Date up to but not including the third anniversary of the Closing Date.  In the event of any sale or other disposition of a school or real propertyCompany by the Company permittedBank, which letter of credit facility was set to mature on April 1, 2017, are treated as letters of credit under the Term Loan, the net proceedsFacility 2.
The terms of such sale or disposition must be used to prepay the Loan in an amount determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement subject to the applicable prepayment premium; provided, however, that no prepayment premium will be due with respect to up to $15 million of aggregate repayments of the Term Loan made during the first yearprovide that the Term LoanBank be paid an unused facility fee on the average daily unused balance of Facility 1 at a rate per annum equal to 0.50%, which fee is outstanding.  A portion of the net cash proceeds of any disposition of a schoolpayable quarterly in an amount determined pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan, must be deposited and held as cash collateral in a deposit account controlled by the Agent until the conditions for release set forth in the Term Loan are satisfied.arrears.  In connection with the assets which are currently classified as held for sale and are expected to be sold within one year,addition, the Company is required to classify $10.0maintain, on deposit in one or more non-interest bearing accounts, a minimum of $5 million as short term debt duein quarterly average aggregate balances.  If in any quarter the required average aggregate account balance is not maintained, the Company is required to pay the Bank a fee of $12,500 for that quarter and, in the event that the Company terminates the Credit Facility or refinances with another lender within 18 months of closing, the Company is required to pay the Bank a breakage fee of $500,000.

In addition to the Term Loan prepayment minimum required with respect to any such disposition.

The Term Loanforegoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants such as minimum financial responsibility composite score, cohort default rate, and other financial covenants, including minimum liquidity, maximum capital expenditures, maximum 90/10 ratio and minimum EBITDA (as defined in the Term Loan), as well as affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants that restrict capital expenditures, prohibit the incurrence of a net loss commencing on December 31, 2018 and require a minimum adjusted EBITDA and a minimum tangible net worth, which is an annual covenant, as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type.  TheAs of December 31, 2017, the Company wasis in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2015.  Subsequent to the fiscal year end, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the financial covenants were adjusted and, at the Company’s election, will be adjusted for fiscal year 2017 and for each subsequent fiscal year until the maturity of the Term Loan at either the levels applicable to fiscal year 2016 (and each fiscal quarter thereof) contained in the Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date or the levels applicable to fiscal year 2016 (and each fiscal quarter thereof) contained in the Second Amendment.  In the event that the Company elects to re-set the financial covenants at the 2016 covenant levels contained in the Second Amendment, the Company will be required to prepay on or before January 15, 2017, without prepayment penalty, amounts outstanding under the Term Loan up to $4 million.covenants.

The Credit Agreement contains events of default, the occurrence and continuation of which provide the Company’s lendersIn connection with the right to exercise remedies against the Company and the collateral securing the Term Loan, including the Company’s cash. These events of default include, among other things, the Company’s failure to pay any amounts due under the Term Loan, a breach of covenants under the Credit Agreement, the Company’s insolvencyCompany paid the Bank an origination fee in the amount of $250,000 and the insolvencyother fees and reimbursements that are customary for facilities of its subsidiaries, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness, and a final judgment against the Company in an amount greater than $1,000,000.

Also, inthis type.  In connection with the Term Loan,February 23, 2018 amendment of the Credit Agreement, the Company paid to the AgentBank a commitmentmodification fee in the amount of $1.0$50,000.

The Company incurred an early termination premium of approximately $1.8 million on the Closing Date and is required to pay to the Agent other customary fees for facilities of this type. Total fees for the Term Loan were $2.8 million during fiscal year 2015, which are included in deferred finance charges on the consolidated balance sheet.  Subsequent to the fiscal year end, in connection with the effectivenesstermination of the Second Amendment, the Company paid to the Agent a loan modification fee of $.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, $0.4 million of the Term Loan was repaid in connection with the Company’s sale of real property located in Springdale, Ohio. The Company had $44.7 million outstanding under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2015.Prior Credit Facility.
 
F-23F-20

On April 28, 2017, the Company entered into an additional secured credit agreement with the Bank, pursuant to which the Company obtained a short term loan in the principal amount of $8 million, the proceeds of which were used for working capital and general corporate purposes.  The loan, which had an interest rate equal to the greater of the Bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% or 6.00%, was secured by two real property assets located in West Palm Beach, Florida at which schools operated by the Company were located and matured upon the earlier of October 1, 2017 and the date of the sale of the West Palm Beach, Florida property.  The Company had $30.0 million outstandingsold the two properties located in West Palm Beach, Florida to Tambone under its previously existing revolving credit facility asCompanies, LLC in the third quarter of December 31, 2014, which was2017 and subsequently repaid on January 3, 2015.  The interest rate on this borrowing was 7.25%.the $8 million.

(b) TheAs of December 31, 2017, the Company completed a salehad $53.4 million outstanding under the Credit Facility; offset by $0.8 million of deferred finance fees.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $44.3 million outstanding under the Prior Credit Facility; offset by $2.3 million of deferred finance fees, which were written-off.  As of December 31, 2017 and a leasebackDecember 31, 2016, there were letters of several facilities on December 28, 2001. The Company retained a continuing involvementcredit in the leaseaggregate outstanding principal amount of $7.2 million and as a result it is prohibited from utilizing sale-leaseback accounting. Accordingly, the Company has treated this transaction as a finance lease. Annual rent payments under this obligation for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 were $1.6$6.2 million, respectively. These payments have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as interest expense for all periods presented since the effective interest rate on the obligation is greater than the scheduled payments. The lease expiration date is December 31, 2016.  Beginning in January 2016 the lease was amended to cure issues related to continuing involvement and achieved sales treatment.  In 2016, the lease will be converted to an operating lease and rent payments will be included in educational, services and facilities expense in the consolidate statement of operations.  In addition, the finance obligation, net of land and buildings, will be amortized straight-line through December 31, 2016.

(c) In 2009, the Company assumed real estate capital leases in Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut.  These leases bear interest at 8%.

On December 3, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Hartford, Connecticut school which is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.  In connection therewith, the Company paid a $5 million lease termination fee on December 31, 2015 to its landlord in connection with the early termination of a lease agreement under which the Company leased property in Hartford, Connecticut for a term continuing through July 31, 2031.  The terminated lease agreement was replaced with a short-term lease agreement in order to allow students currently enrolled at the school to complete their course of study.

On February 27, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at the Fern Park, Florida school which is scheduled to close in the first quarter of 2016.  The Company paid a $2.8 million lease termination fee on February 12, 2016 to its landlord in connection with the early termination of a lease agreement under which the Company leased property in Fern Park, Florida for a term continuing through October 31, 2032.  The early terminated lease agreement will continue in effect until April 10, 2016 in order to allow students currently enrolled at the school to complete their course of study.

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt and lease obligations at December 31, 20152017 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
      
2016 $10,151 
2017  1,566 
2018  3,596  $- 
2019  29,858   - 
2020  157   53,400 
2021  - 
2022  - 
Thereafter  3,224   - 
 $48,552  $53,400 

The finance obligation of $9.7 million is excluded from the scheduled maturities schedule as it is a non-cash liability.  The Fern Park, Florida capital lease is included in the scheduled maturities of $3.9 million ($0.1 million included in each year ended 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020; $3.4 million included thereafter), however, as mentioned above, subsequent to December 31, 2015 the Company entered into an agreement to terminate the lease which included a termination fee of $2.8 million.
F-24

9.8.STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Restricted Stock

The Company has two stock incentive plans:  a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors Plan”).

Under the LTIP, certain employees received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

The service-based restricted shares granted during 2012 vest ratably on the grant date and the first through fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The service-based restricted shares granted during 2014 vest ratably on the grant date and the first through third anniversaries of the grant date.

On June 2, 2014 and December 18, 2014,May 13, 2016, performance-based shares were granted which vest over threetwo years on March 15, 2017 and March 15, 2018 based upon the attainment of (i) a specified operating income marginfinancial responsibility ratio during any one or more of theeach fiscal years in the period beginning January 1, 2015 andyear ending December 31, 2016 and 2017.  As of December 31, 2017 and (ii) the attainment of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization targets during eachhalf of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 through 2017.shares have vested as the vesting criteria was achieved.  There is no vesting periodrestriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends onwith respect to any of the restricted shares.

On April 29, 2013,December 18, 2014, performance-based shares were granted which vest over four years based upon the attainment of (i) a specified operating income margin during any one or more of the fiscal years in the period beginning January 1, 20132015 and ending December 31, 20162018 and (ii) the attainment of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization targets during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 20132015 through 2016.2018.  As of December 31, 2017 half of the shares have vested as the vesting criteria was achieved.  There is no vesting periodrestriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends onwith respect to any of the restricted shares.

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date; however, thereThere is no vesting periodrestriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends on thesewith respect to any of the restricted shares.

In 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, the Company completed a net share settlement for 85,740, 144,983189,420, 71,805 and 140,47585,740 restricted shares and stock options exercised, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP or exercise of the stock options.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares or stock option exercises that vested and were transferred to the employee during 2015, 20142017, 2016 and/or 2013,2015, creating taxable income for the employee.   At the employees’ request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares or shares acquired upon the exercise of stock options to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of approximately $0.4 million, $0.2 million $0.4 million and $0.8$0.2 million in 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, respectively, to equity as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares or shares acquired through the exercise of stock options granted in previous years.

F-21

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

 Shares  
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
  Shares  
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
 
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2013  1,247,946  $6.77 
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2015  450,494  $3.69 
Granted  337,100   3.50   1,105,487   1.67 
Cancelled  (178,792)  6.47   (76,200)  2.98 
Vested  (480,435)  5.36   (336,182)  3.33 
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2014  925,819   5.04 
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2016  1,143,599   1.89 
                
Granted  234,651   2.28   181,208   2.58 
Cancelled  (354,462)  4.97   (52,398)  5.63 
Vested  (355,514)  5.00   (664,415)  1.77 
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2015  450,494   3.69 
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2017  607,994   1.90 

F-25

The restricted stock expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 2014 and 2013 was $1.1$1.2 million, $2.5$1.4 million and $2.9$1.1 million, respectively. The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 20152017 and 20142016 was $1.3$0.3 million and $4.2$1.5 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2015,2017, unrecognized restricted stock expense will be expensed over the weighted-average period of approximately 1.2 years.3 months.  As of December 31, 2015,2017, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had an aggregate intrinsic value of $0.9$1.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 52,398 and 26,200 shares were cancelled as the performance criteria was not met.

Stock Options

During 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015 there were no new stock option grants.  The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to the option plans:

  Shares  
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
Outstanding December 31, 2012  655,875  $14.72  4.89 years $- 
Cancelled  (108,750)  14.64    - 
              
Outstanding December 31, 2013  547,125   14.73  4.56 years  - 
Cancelled  (122,958)  18.49    - 
              
Outstanding December 31, 2014  424,167   13.65  4.18 years  - 
Cancelled  (178,000)  15.20      
              
Outstanding December 31, 2015  246,167   12.52  3.98 years  - 
              
Vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2015  246,167   12.52  3.98 years  - 
              
Exercisable as of December 31, 2015  246,167   12.52  3.98 years  - 
  Shares  
Weighted
 Average
Exercise Price
 Per Share
 
Weighted
Average
 Remaining
Contractual
Term
 
Aggregate
 Intrinsic Value
 
Outstanding January 1, 2015  424,167  $13.65  4.18 years $- 
Cancelled  (178,000)  15.20    - 
              
Outstanding December 31, 2015  246,167   12.52  3.98 years  - 
Cancelled  (28,000)  15.76    - 
              
Outstanding December 31, 2016  218,167   12.11  3.33 years  - 
Cancelled  (50,500)  12.09      
              
Outstanding December 31, 2017  167,667   12.11  2.97 years  - 
              
Vested as of December 31, 2017  167,667   12.11  2.97 years  - 
              
Exercisable as of December 31, 2017  167,667   12.11  2.97 years  - 

As of December 31, 2015,2017, there are no unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense for unvested stock option awards.

The following table presents a summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2015:2017:

   At December 31, 2017 
   Stock Options Outstanding  Stock Options Exercisable 
Range of Exercise Prices  Shares  
Contractual
Weighted
Average life
 (years)
  
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
  Shares  
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
 
$4.00-$13.99   119,667   3.22  $8.79   119,667  $8.79 
$14.00-$19.99   17,000   1.84   19.98   17,000   19.98 
$20.00-$25.00   31,000   2.59   20.62   31,000   20.62 
                       
     167,667   2.97   12.11   167,667   12.11 
                       
 
   At December 31, 2015 
   Stock Options Outstanding  Stock Options Exercisable 
Range of Exercise Prices  Shares  
Contractual
Weighted
Average life
(years)
  
Weighted
Average Price
  Shares  
Weighted
Exercise Price
 
$4.00-$13.99   172,667   4.24  $9.57   172,667  $9.57 
$14.00-$19.99   42,500   2.48   18.61   42,500   18.61 
$20.00-$25.00   31,000   4.60   20.62   31,000   20.62 
                       
     246,167   3.98   12.52   246,167   12.52 

F-22

10.9.PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company's union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees' years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.
F-26


The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:                  
Benefit obligation-beginning of year $24,299  $20,314  $23,169  $22,916  $23,341  $24,299 
Service cost  28   23   37   29   28   28 
Interest cost  884   892   790   840   888   884 
Actuarial (gain) loss  (782)  4,149   (2,614)
Actuarial loss (gain)  721   (255)  (782)
Benefits paid  (1,088)  (1,079)  (1,068)  (1,014)  (1,086)  (1,088)
Benefit obligation at end of year  23,341   24,299   20,314   23,492   22,916   23,341 
                        
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:                        
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year  19,000   18,792   16,268   17,548   17,792   19,000 
Actual return on plan assets  (120)  1,017   2,919   2,521   842   (120)
Employer contributions  -   270   673 
Benefits paid  (1,088)  (1,079)  (1,068)  (1,014)  (1,086)  (1,088)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year  17,792   19,000   18,792   19,055   17,548   17,792 
                        
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS: $(5,549) $(5,299) $(1,522) $(4,437) $(5,368) $(5,549)

For the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, the actuarial gainloss of $0.8$0.7 million was due to the increasedecrease in the discount rate from 3.66%3.81% to 3.94%3.36%.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

  At December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Noncurrent liabilities $(5,549) $(5,299) $(1,522)
  At December 31, 
  2017  2016  2015 
Noncurrent liabilities $(4,437) $(5,368) $(5,549)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Accumulated loss $(9,438) $(9,833) $(5,928) $(6,876) $(8,467) $(9,438)
Deferred income taxes  2,366   2,366   2,366   2,366   2,366   2,366 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss $(7,072) $(7,467) $(3,562) $(4,510) $(6,101) $(7,072)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $23.3$23.5 million and $24.3$22.9 million at December 31, 20152017 and 2014,2016, respectively.

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST                  
Service cost $28  $23  $37  $29  $28  $28 
Interest cost  884   892   790   840   888   884 
Expected return on plan assets  (1,243)  (1,287)  (1,141)  (1,058)  (1,118)  (1,243)
Recognized net actuarial loss  976   513   955   850   991   976 
Net periodic benefit cost $645  $141  $641  $661  $789  $645 

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $0.9$0.7 million.
 
Employee pension plan adjustments of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes $1.0 million of recognized actuarial losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income.
F-27F-23

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20152017 and 2014.2016.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
 for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total
Equity securities $8,473  $-  $-  $8,473 $6,856$-$-$6,856 
Fixed income  5,943   -   -   5,943  6,818 - - 6,818 
International equities  3,288   -   -   3,288  3,490 - - 3,490 
Real estate 1,133 - - 1,133 
Cash and equivalents  88   -   -   88  758  - - 758 
Balance at December 31, 2015 $17,792  $-  $-  $17,792 
Balance at December 31, 2017$19,055  $-  $-  $19,055 

 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total 
Equity securities $9,566  $-  $-  $9,566 $8,509$-$-$8,509 
Fixed income  6,099   -   -   6,099  6,548 - - 6,548 
International equities  3,328   -   -   3,328  2,484 - - 2,484 
Cash and equivalents  7   -   -   7  7   -   -   7 
Balance at December 31, 2014 $19,000  $-  $-  $19,000 
Balance at December 31, 2016$17,548  $-  $-  $17,548 

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Equity securities  48%  50%  51%  36%  49%  48%
Fixed income  33%  32%  31%  36%  37%  33%
International equities  19%  18%  18%  18%  14%  19%
Real estate  6%  0%  0%
Cash and equivalents  0%  0%  0%  4%  0%  0%
Total  100%  100%  100%  100%  100%  100%
F-28


Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Discount rate  3.94%  3.66%  4.46%  3.36%  3.81%  3.94%
Rate of compensation increase  2.50%  1.13%  2.00%  2.50%  2.50%  2.50%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Discount rate  3.94%  4.46%  3.55%  3.36%  3.81%  3.94%
Rate of compensation increase  2.50%  1.13%  2.00%  2.50%  2.50%  2.50%
Long-term rate of return  6.50%  7.00%  7.00%  6.00%  6.25%  6.50%

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan's financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

F-24

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan's investments.

The Company does not expect to make contributions to the plan in 2016.2018.  However after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company’s contributions paid under its pension plan was zero and $0.3 million for the each of the years ended December 31, 20152017 and 2014,2016, respectively.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
      
2016 $1,225 
2017  1,303 
2018  1,373  $1,303 
2019  1,408   1,334 
2020  1,416   1,347 
Years 2021-2025  7,232 
2021  1,364 
2022  1,381 
Years 2023-2027  6,969 

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company wouldmay contribute up to an additional 30% of the employee's contributed amount up to 6% of compensation; however, the Company suspended the additional 30% match as of June 2015.compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, the Company's expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $0.1 million, $0.7 million $1.6 million and $1.9$0.7 million, respectively.
F-29


11.10.INCOME TAXES

Components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were as follows:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2015  2014  2013  2017  2016  2015 
Current:                  
Federal $-  $-  $(7,369) $-  $-  $- 
State  242   200   709   150   200   242 
Total  242   200   (6,660)  150   200   242 
                        
Deferred:                        
Federal  -   (1,420)  21,103   (424)  -   - 
State  -   (259)  5,148   -   -   - 
Total  -   (1,679)  26,251   (424)  -   - 
                        
Total provision (benefit) $242  $(1,479) $19,591 
Total (benefit) provision $(274) $200  $242 

F-25

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

 At December 31,  At December 31, 
 2015  2014  2017  2016 
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)            
Allowance for bad debts $5,617  $5,926  $3,792  $5,904 
Accrued rent  2,952   3,255   1,723   3,191 
Accrued bonus  -   1,429 
Accrued benefits  105   198 
Stock-based compensation  498   907   387   557 
Depreciation  14,941   15,754   15,520   20,372 
Goodwill  (380)  1,002   594   1,959 
Other intangibles  274   452   291   562 
Pension plan liabilities  2,215   2,115   1,221   2,142 
Net operating loss carryforwards  14,765   14,332   17,367   17,846 
Sale leaseback-deferred gain  2,629   2,580 
AMT credit  424   424   424   424 
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets  43,935   46,747   41,424   54,584 
Less valuation allowance  (43,935)  (46,747)  (41,000)  (54,584)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance $-  $-  $424  $- 

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets.  A significant piece of objective negative evidence was the cumulative losses incurred by the Company in recent years.

On the basis of this evaluation the Company believes it is not more likely than not that it will realize its net deferred tax assets.  As a result, as of December 31, 20152017 and 2014,2016, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $43.9$41.0 million and $46.7$54.6 million, respectively, against its net deferred tax assets.
 
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act establishes new tax laws that will take effect in 2018, including, but not limited to (1) reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21%; (2) elimination of the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT); (3) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (4) the repeal of the domestic production activity deduction; (5) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; and (6) limitations on net operating losses (NOLs) generated after December 31, 2017, to 80% of taxable income. In addition, certain changes were made to the bonus depreciation rules that will impact 2017.

ASC 740, Income Taxes requires the effects of changes in tax laws to be recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. However, due to the complexity and significance of the Tax Act's provisions, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (SAB 118), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act.

At December 31, 2017, the Company has not completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act; however, the Company has made a reasonable estimate of the effects of the Tax Act’s change in the federal rate and revalued its deferred tax assets based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally the new 21% federal corporate tax rate plus applicable state tax rate. Based on the Company’s initial analysis of the impact, it consequently recorded a decrease related to deferred tax assets of $17.7 million. The expense is offset with a corresponding release of valuation allowance.
The Tax Act eliminates the corporate AMT and changes how existing corporate AMT credits can be realized either to offset regular tax liability or to be refunded. As a result of this change, the Company released the valuation allowance against corporate AMT credits deferred tax asset and recorded a deferred tax provision benefit of $0.4 million.  Offsetting this benefit was $0.1 million of income tax expense from various minimal state tax expenses.

The Tax Act did not have a material impact on our financial statements because we are under a full valuation allowance and we do not have any significant offshore earnings from which to record the mandatory transition tax.

The Tax Act requires the Company to assess whether its valuation allowance analyses are affected by various aspects of the Tax Act. Since, as discussed herein, we have recorded provisional amounts related to certain portions of the Tax Act, any corresponding determination of the need for or change in a valuation allowance is also provisional.  The Company’s valuation allowance position did not change as a result of tax reform except for AMT credits which is discussed above and a reduction related to the change in the deferred tax rate.
F-30F-26

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision that would result from the use of the Federal statutory rate is as follows:

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31,      ��      
 2015  2014  2013  2017     2016     2015    
Loss from continuing operations before taxes $(2,466)    $(16,301)    $(7,664)   
Loss before taxes $(11,758)    $(28,104)    $(3,108)   
                                          
Expected tax benefit $(863)  35.0% $(5,705)  35.0% $(2,682)  35.0% $(4,115)  35.0% $(9,836)  35.0% $1,088   35.0%
State tax benefit (net of federal)  242   (9.8)  (43)  0.3   (92)  1.2   150   (1.3)  200   (0.7)  242   7.8 
Permanent impairment  -   -   -   -   -   - 
Valuation allowance  723   (29.3)  4,121   (25.3)  22,135   (288.8)  (13,920)  118.4   9,726   (34.6)  (1,228)  (39.5)
Federal tax reform - deferred rate change  17,671   (150.3)  -   -   -   - 
Other  140   (5.7)  148   (0.9)  230   (3.0)  (60)  0.5   110   (0.4)  140   4.5 
Total $242   -9.8% $(1,479)  9.1% $19,591   -255.6% $(274)  2.3% $200   -0.7% $242   7.8%
As of December 31, 20152017 and 2014,2016, the Company has NOLnet operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $32.6$57.7 million and $32.3$39.7 million, respectively, which, if unused, will expire beginning in 20272028 and ending in 2035.2037.  Utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation due to ownership change limitations that may occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions.  These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively.  In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s uncertain tax positions:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Balance at January 1, $-  $-  $135 
Decrease for tax positions of prior years  -   -   (135)
Increase for tax positions of current year  -   -   - 
Balance at December 31, $-  $-  $- 

As of December 31, 2015, 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, the Company no longer has any liability for uncertain tax positions.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 20142015 and, generally, is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2010.2012.
 
F-31F-27

12.11.FAIR VALUE

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:
 
 December 31, 2017 
 December 31, 2015  Carrying  Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets  Significant Other Observable Inputs  Significant Unobservable Inputs 
 
Carrying
Amount
  
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total  Amount  (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3)  Total 
Financial Assets:                              
Cash and cash equivalents $38,420  $38,420  $-  $-  $38,420  $14,563  $14,563  $-  $-  $14,563 
Restricted cash  7,362   7,362   -   -   7,362   39,991   39,991   -   -   39,991 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  2,566   -   2,566   -   2,566   2,352   -   2,352   -   2,352 
Noncurrent restricted cash  15,259   15,259   -   -   15,259 
                                        
Financial Liabilities:                                        
Accrued expenses $10,999  $-  $10,999  $-  $10,999  $11,771  $-  $11,771  $-  $11,771 
Other short term liabilities  686   -   686   -   686   558   -   558   -   558 
Term loan  44,653   -   36,795   -   36,795 
Credit facility  52,593   -   47,200   -   47,200 

 December 31, 2016 
 December 31, 2014  Carrying  Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets  Significant Other Observable Inputs  Significant Unobservable Inputs 
 
Carrying
Amount
  
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total  Amount  (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3)  Total 
Financial Assets:                              
Cash and cash equivalents $12,299  $12,299  $-  $-  $12,299  $21,064  $21,064  $-  $-  $21,064 
Restricted cash  30,000   30,000   -   -   30,000   6,399   6,399   -   -   6,399 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  3,937   -   3,937   -   3,937   2,434   -   2,434   -   2,434 
Noncurrent restricted cash  20,252   20,252   -   -   20,252 
                                        
Financial Liabilities:                                        
Accrued expenses $13,865  $-  $13,865  $-  $13,865  $12,815  $-  $12,815  $-  $12,815 
Other short term liabilities  780   -   780   -   780   653   -   653   -   653 
Credit agreement  30,000   -   30,000   -   30,000 
Term loan  44,267   -   40,687   -   40,687 
 
We estimate fair value of Facility 1 of the revolving credit facility based on a present value analysis utilizing aggregate market yields obtained from independent pricing sources for similar financial instruments. The carrying value for Facility 2 and Facility 3 of the revolving credit facility approximates fair value due to the fact that the borrowings were made in close proximity to December 31, 2017.
The fair value of the revolving credit facility approximates the carrying amount at December 31, 2017 as the instrument had variable interest rates that reflected current market rates available to the Company.  In addition, the Company recently amended the credit facility and, in connection therewith, the interest rates increased slightly.

The fair value of the Term loan is estimated based on a present value analysis utilizing aggregate market yields obtained from independent pricing sources for similar financial instruments.

The carrying value of the Credit agreement approximates fair value as it was executed in December 2014.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted cash and Noncurrent restricted cash approximate fair value because they are highly liquid.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Prepaid expenses and otherOther current assets, Accrued expenses and Other short term liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

13.12.SEGMENT REPORTING

The for-profit education industry has been impacted by numerous regulatory changes, the changing economy and an onslaught of negative articles in the press.media attention. As a result of these actions,challenges, student populations have declined and operating costs have increased.  Over the past few years, the Company has closed over 10ten locations and exited its online business.  The Company reviewed how it has been structured and decided to change its organization to enableIn 2016, the Company to better allocate financialceased operations in Hartford, Connecticut; Fern Park, Florida; and human resources to respond toHenderson (Green Valley), Nevada. In 2017, the Company completed the teach-outs of its marketsCenter City Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; West Palm Beach, Florida; Brockton, Massachusetts and withLowell, Massachusetts schools.  All of these schools were previously included in our HOPS segment and are included in the goalTransitional segment as of improving its profitability and competitive advantage.  December 31, 2017.
F-28

In the past, the Companywe offered any combination of programs at any campus.  The Company has changed itsWe have shifted our focus to program offerings that create greater differentiation among campuses and attainpromote attainment of excellence to attract more students and gain market share.  Also, strategically, the Companywe began offering continuing education training to select employers who hire its studentsour graduates and this is best achieved at campuses focused on theirthe applicable profession.

As a result of these environmental,the regulatory environment, market forces and our strategic decisions, the Company operatedwe now operate our business in three reportable segments: a)(a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades b)segment; (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions segment; and c)(c) the Transitional which refers to business that is currently being phased out.segment.

The Company’sOur reportable segments have been determined based on thea method by which our chief operating decision makerwe now evaluatesevaluate performance and allocatesallocate resources.  Each reportable segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute the Company’sour strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  The Company’sOur operating segments have been aggregated into three reportable segments because, in the Company’s judgment, the reporting units have similar services, types of customers, regulatory environment and economic characteristics.

On November 3, 2015 the Board of Directors approved a plan for the Company to divest 17 of the 18 schools included in the Healthcare and Other Professions business segment.  Then, in December 2015, the Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations of the remaining school in this segment located in Hartford, Connecticut.  That school is scheduled to close in the fourth quarter of 2016.  Divestiture of the Company’s Healthcare and Other Professions business segment marks a strategic shift in business strategy.  The results of operations of these 17 campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.  The Hartford, Connecticut campus, which was previously included in the Healthcare and Other Professions segment is now included in the Transitional segment.  Implementation of the plan would result in the Company’s operations focused solely on the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.
F-32

The Company’s two remaining reporting segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

TransitionalHealthcare and Other ProfessionsThe Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

Transitional – The Transitional segment refers to campuses that are being taught-out and closed and operations that are being phased out and consists ofout.  The schools in the Company’s Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut campuses, which are currently being taught out.  Each school is employingTransitional segment employ a gradual teach-out process that enables the schools to continue to operate whileto allow their current students to complete their course of study.  These schools are no longer enrolling new students.  In the first quarter of 2015, the Company announced that it was teaching out the campus in Fern Park, Florida.  On December 3, 2015, the Company announced it was teaching out the Hartford, Connecticut campus. The teach-out at theses campuses is expected to be complete by March 2016 and December 2016, respectively.

The Company continually evaluates each campus for profitability, earning potential, and customer satisfaction.  This evaluation takes several factors into consideration, including the campus’s geographic location and program offerings, as well as skillsets required of our students by their potential employers.  The purpose of this evaluation is to ensure that our programs provide our students with the best possible opportunity to succeed in the marketplace with the goals of attracting more students to our programs and, ultimately, to provide our shareholders with the maximum return on their investment.  Campuses in the Transitional segment have been subject to this process and have been strategically identified for closure.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

 For the Year Ended December 31,  For the Year Ended December 31, 
 Revenue        Operating (Loss) Income  Revenue        Operating (Loss) Income 
 2015  
% of
Total
  2014  
% of
Total
  2013  
% of
Total
  2015  2014  2013  2017  
% of
 Total
  2016  
% of
Total
  2015  
% of
Total
  2017  2016  2015 
Transportation and Skilled Trades $183,821   95.1% $188,669   93.0% $196,230   91.0% $26,778  $19,519  $27,917  $177,099   67.6% $177,883   62.3% $183,822   60.1% $17,861  $21,278  $26,777 
Healthcare and Other Professions  76,310   29.1%  77,152   27.0%  79,978   26.1%  2,318   (10,917)  5,386 
Transitional  9,399   4.9%  14,220   7.0%  19,366   9.0%  (6,860)  (7,646)  (5,938)  8,444   3.3%  30,524   10.7%  42,302   13.8%  (5,379)  (15,170)  (7,543)
Corporate  -   0.0%  -   0.0%  -   0.0%  (19,140)  (23,364)  (25,431)  -   0.0%  -   0.0%  -   0.0%  (19,516)  (24,105)  (23,916)
Total $193,220   100% $202,889   100% $215,596   100% $778  $(11,491) $(3,452) $261,853   100% $285,559   100% $306,102   100% $(4,716) $(28,914) $704 

 Total Assets  Total Assets 
 December 31, 2015  December 31, 2014  December 31, 2017  December 31, 2016 
Transportation and Skilled Trades $90,045  $97,650  $81,523  $83,320 
Healthcare and Other Professions  9,373   7,506 
Transitional  1,795   2,184   3,965   18,874 
Corporate  72,528   51,473   60,352   53,507 
Discontinued Operations  45,911   62,400 
Total $210,279  $213,707  $155,213  $163,207 

F-29

14.13.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments—The Company leases office premises, educational facilities and various equipment for varying periods through the year 20322030 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases) as follows:

Year Ending December 31, 
Credit
Agreement
  
Operating
Leases
  
Capital
Leases
 
2016 $15,026  $19,013  $422 
2017  5,276   17,226   422 
2018  6,984   15,898   422 
2019  31,581   13,641   422 
2020  -   10,002   422 
Thereafter  -   17,858   4,998 
   58,867   93,638   7,108 
Less amount representing interest  (14,214)  -   (3,209)
  $44,653  $93,638  $3,899 

The finance obligation of $9.7 million is excluded from the scheduled maturities schedule as it is a non-cash liability.  The Fern Park, Florida capital lease is included in the scheduled maturities of $7.1 million, however, subsequent to December 31, 2015 the Company entered into an agreement to terminate the lease which included a termination fee of $2.8 million.
Year Ending December 31, Operating Leases 
2018 $19,347 
2019  16,608 
2020  12,386 
2021  8,185 
2022  6,022 
Thereafter  15,860 
   78,408 
Less amount representing interest  - 
  $78,408 
     

Rent expense, included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 2014 and 2013 is $11.7$17.4 million, $11.9$20.7 million and $12.0 million, respectively. Interest expense related to the financing obligation in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is $1.6 million, $1.6 million, and $1.5$18.7 million, respectively.
F-33


Litigation and Regulatory Matters— In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On November 21, 2012, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to its investigation of whether the Company and certain of its academic institutions have complied with certain Massachusetts state consumer protection laws.  On July 29, 2013, and January 17, 2014, the Company received additional Civil Investigative Demands pursuant to which the Attorney General requested from the Company and certain of its academic institutions in Massachusetts documents and detailed information for the time period from January 1, 2008 to the present.

On July 13, 2015, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts filed a complaint against the Company in the Suffolk County Superior Court alleging certain violations of the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act since at least 2010 and continuing through 2013.  At the same time, the Company agreed to the entry of a Final Judgment by Consent in order to avoid the time, burden, and expense of contesting such liability.  As part of the Final Judgment by Consent, the Company denied all allegations of wrongdoing and any liability for the claims asserted in the complaint.  The Company, however, paid the sum of $850,000 to the Attorney General and has agreed to forgive $165,000 of debt consisting of unpaid balances owed to the Company by certain graduates in the sole discretion of the Massachusetts Attorney General.  The Final Judgment by Consent also provided certain requirements for calculation of job placement rates in Massachusetts and imposed certain disclosure obligations that are consistent with the regulations that have been previously enacted by the Massachusetts Attorney General’s Office.

On December 15, 2015, the Company received an administrative subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Maryland. Pursuant to the subpoena, Maryland’s Attorney General has requested from the Company documents and detailed information relating to its Columbia, Maryland campus.  The Company has responded to this request and intends to continue cooperating with the Maryland Attorney General’s Office.

Student LoansAt December 31, 2015,2017, the Company had outstanding net loan commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $24.8 million.$38.5 million, net of interest.

Vendor RelationshipThe Company is party to an agreement with Matco Tools (“Matco”), which expires on July 31, 2017.2019.  The Company has agreed to grant Matco exclusive access to 12 campuses and its students and instructors.  This exclusivity includes but is not limited to, all other tool manufacturers and/or tool distributors, by whatever means, during the term of the agreement.  Under the agreement, the Company will be provided, on an advance commission basis, credits which are redeemable in branded tools, tools storage, equipment, and diagnostics products over the term of the contract.

The Company is party to an agreement with Snap-on Industrial (“Snap-on”), which expires on December 31, 2018.  The Company has agreed to grant Snap-on exclusive rights to one automotive campus to display advertising and supply certain tools.  The Company earns credits that are redeemable for certain tools and equipment based on the sales to students and to the Company.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $3.0$3.4 million at December 31, 2015.2017.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company’s campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, the Company’s campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which the campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of its campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct its business. At December 31, 2015,2017, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $14.9$12.7 million.

14.RELATED PARTY

The Company has an agreement with Matco Tools, whereby Matco will provide to the Company, on an advance commission basis, credits in Matco-branded tools, tool storage, equipment, and diagnostics products. The chief executive officer of the parent company of Matco is considered an immediate family member of one of the Company’s board members.  The amount of the Company’s purchases from this third party were $2.4 million and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Management believes that its agreement with Matco is an arm’s length transaction and on similar terms as would have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
F-34F-30

15.15.          UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables have been updated to reflect changes in discontinued operations.  Quarterly financial information for 20152017 and 20142016 is as follows:

  Quarter 
2015 First  Second  Third  Fourth 
             
Revenue $47,674  $44,739  $51,951  $48,856 
(Loss) income from continuing operations  (6,142)  (5,595)  3,633   5,394 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (741)  (2,010)  (1,052)  3,163 
Net (loss) income  (6,883)  (7,605)  2,581   8,557 
Basic                
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations $(0.27) $(0.24) $0.16  $0.23 
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations  (0.03)  (0.09)  (0.05)  0.14 
Net (loss) earnings per share $(0.30) $(0.33) $0.11  $0.37 
Diluted                
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations $(0.27) $(0.24) $0.16  $0.23 
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations  (0.03)  (0.09)  (0.05)  0.14 
Net (loss) earnings per share $(0.30) $(0.33) $0.11  $0.37 
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                
Basic  23,056   23,132   23,230   23,247 
Diluted  23,056   23,132   23,270   23,347 

  Quarter 
2014 First  Second  Third  Fourth 
             
Revenue $48,177  $46,673  $54,892  $53,146 
(Loss) income from continuing operations  (9,804)  (8,868)  (263)  4,113 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (1,290)  (2,728)  (37,818)  525 
Net (loss) income  (11,094)  (11,596)  (38,081)  4,638 
Basic                
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations $(0.43) $(0.39) $(0.01) $0.18 
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations  (0.06)  (0.13)  (1.66)  0.02 
Net (loss) earnings per share $(0.49) $(0.52) $(1.67) $0.20 
Diluted                
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations $(0.43) $(0.39) $(0.01) $0.18 
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations  (0.06)  (0.13)  (1.66)  0.02 
Net (loss) earnings per share $(0.49) $(0.52) $(1.67) $0.20 
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                
Basic  22,723   22,800   22,843   22,888 
Diluted  22,723   22,800   22,843   23,004 

16.DIVIDENDS
  Quarter 
2017 First  Second  Third  Fourth 
             
Revenue $65,279  $61,865  $67,308  $67,401 
Net (loss) income  (10,929)  (6,771)  (1,490)  7,707 
Basic                
   Net (loss) earnings per share $(0.46) $(0.28) $(0.06) $0.32 
Diluted                
   Net (loss) earnings per share $(0.46) $(0.28) $(0.06) $0.31 
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                
  Basic  23,609   23,962   24,024   24,025 
  Diluted  23,609   23,962   24,024   24,590 

During 2014 and 2013, the Board of Directors declared cash dividends of $0.18 and $0.28 per share of common stock outstanding, respectively.  On February 27, 2015, the Board of Directors discontinued the quarterly cash dividend.
  Quarter 
2016 First  Second  Third  Fourth 
             
Revenue $70,644  $68,080  $74,267  $72,568 
Net loss  (6,068)  (3,138)  (471)  (18,628)
Basic                
   Net loss per share $(0.26) $(0.13) $(0.02) $(0.79)
Diluted                
   Net loss per share $(0.26) $(0.13) $(0.02) $(0.79)
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                
  Basic  23,351   23,448   23,499   23,514 
  Diluted  23,351   23,448   23,499   23,514 
 
F-35F-31

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands, continuing and discontinued operations)thousands)

Description 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  
Charged to
Expense
  
Accounts
Written-off
  
Balance at
End of
Period
  
Balance at
Beginning
 of Period
  
Charged to
Expense
  
Accounts
 Written-off
  
Balance at
 End of
Period
 
Allowance accounts for the year ended:                        
                        
December 31, 2017 Student receivable allowance $14,794  $13,720  $(14,730) $13,784 
December 31, 2016 Student receivable allowance $14,074  $14,592  $(13,872) $14,794 
December 31, 2015 Student receivable allowance $14,849  $13,583  $(14,358) $14,074  $14,849  $13,583  $(14,358) $14,074 
December 31, 2014 Student receivable allowance $14,769  $15,500  $(15,420) $14,849 
December 31, 2013 Student receivable allowance $18,829  $15,532  $(19,592) $14,769 
 
F-32

Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
 
Description
  
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 14, 2017, between New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc. and Tambone Companies, LLC, as amended by First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of April 18, 2017, and as further amended by Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of May 12, 2017 (1).
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (23)(2).
  
By-laws of the Company (1)(3).
  
Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2002, by and among Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc., Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. and the Stockholders and other holders of options under the Management Stock Option Plan listed therein (2)(4).
  
Assumption Agreement and First Amendment to Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007, by and among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc., Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. and the Management Investors parties therein (3)(5).
  
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. (1)(3).
  
Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock (2)(6).
 
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Lenders and Collateral Agents party thereto, and HPF Service, LLC, as Administrative Agent (17)(7).
  
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Lenders and Collateral Agents party thereto, and HPF Service, LLC, as Administrative Agent (18)(8).
  
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2016, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Lenders party thereto, and HPF Service, LLC, as Administrative Agent and Tranche A Collateral Agent (22)(9).
  
Credit Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2012,12, 2016, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties theretoLincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (4)(10).
  
First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (5).
10.6Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (6).
10.7Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2014, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (7).
10.8Fourth Amendment and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2015,31, 2017, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties theretoLincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (8)(11).
  
Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2017, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (12).
 
10.9First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (13)
 
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2018, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (26)
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2016, between New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc. and School Property Development Metrocentre, LLC (14).
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015, between the Company and Shaun E. McAlmont (9).
10.10Separation Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2015, between the Company and Shaun E. McAlmont (17).
10.11Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015,August 23, 2016, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (9).(15)
 
10.12Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2015,November 8, 2017, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (19)(16).
  
10.13Employment Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2014, between the Company and Kenneth M. Swisstack (10).
10.14Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2015, between the Company and Kenneth M. Swisstack. (20)
10.15Separation and Release Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2016, between the Company and Kenneth M. Swisstack (21)(17).
  
10.16Employment Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2015,August 23, 2016, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (15).
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2017, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (16).
Change in Control Agreement, dated August 31, 2016, between the Company and Deborah Ramentol (18).
Separation and Release Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2018, between the Company and Deborah Ramentol (19).
Change in Control Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2017, between the Company and Deborah Ramentol (20).
  
10.17 Lincoln Educational Services Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (11)(21).
  
10.18Lincoln Educational Services Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (12)(22).
  
10.19Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (2)(4).
  
10.20Lincoln Technical Institute Management Stock Option Plan, effective January 1, 2002 (2)(4).
  
10.21Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, between Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and certain participants (2)(4).
  
10.22Form of Stock Option Agreement under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (13)(23).
  
10.23Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (14)(24).
  
10.24Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under our Amended & Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (15)(25).
  
10.25Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, among Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and certain management investors (2)(4).
10.26Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2009, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C (16).
  
Subsidiaries of the Company.
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  
Power of Attorney (included on the Signatures page of this Form 10-K).
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  
101**The following financial statements from Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income, (v) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.
 

(1)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed August 16, 2017.

(1)(2)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed June 7, 2005.

(3)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 28, 2005.

(2)(4)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-123644). filed March 29, 2005.

(3)(5)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-148406). filed December 28, 2007.

(4)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 11, 2012.


(5)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 20, 2013.

(6)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-KS-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed December 27, 2013.June 21, 2005.

(7)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed JanuaryAugust 5, 2015.

(8)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2015.January 7, 2016.

(9)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed February 5, 2015.March 4, 2016.
(10)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 18, 2016.

(11)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 6, 2017.

(12)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 4, 2017.

(13)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 1, 2017.

(14)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2016.

(15)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed August 25, 2016.

(16)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2017.

(17)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2016.

(18)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q10-K filed August 8, 2014.March 10, 2017.

(11)(19)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 26, 2018.

(20)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2017.

(21)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 6, 2013.

(12)(22)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-188240).333-211213) filed May 6, 2016.

(13)(23)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(14)(24)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

(15)(25)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 5, 2011.

(16)(26)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2009.February 26, 2018.

(17)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 6, 2015.

(18)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 7, 2016.

(19)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 3, 2015.

(20)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

(21)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2016.

(22)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 4, 2016.
(23)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644).
*Filed herewith.

**            As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
**As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934